HUAWEI USG6000E Series V600 Hardware Guide

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 287

HUAWEI USG6000E Series

V600

Hardware Guide

Issue 05
Date 2020-08-10

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2020. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and
the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be
within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements,
information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees
or representations of any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website: https://e.huawei.com

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. i


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide Contents

Contents

1 About This Document.............................................................................................................1


2 Using the Hardware Query Tool and the Hardware Configuration Tool................... 6
3 Software Versions Compatible with Hardware................................................................ 8
4 Hardware Overview.............................................................................................................. 10
4.1 Chassis...................................................................................................................................................................................... 10
4.1.1 USG6510E............................................................................................................................................................................ 10
4.1.2 USG6510E-POE...................................................................................................................................................................16
4.1.3 USG6530E............................................................................................................................................................................ 22
4.1.4 USG6515E, USG6550E, USG6560E, USG6580E....................................................................................................... 28
4.1.5 USG6525E, USG6555E, USG6565E, USG6585E....................................................................................................... 36
4.1.6 USG6575E-B, USG6605E-B............................................................................................................................................. 43
4.1.7 USG6615E, USG6625E..................................................................................................................................................... 52
4.1.8 USG6630E............................................................................................................................................................................ 59
4.1.9 USG6635E............................................................................................................................................................................ 67
4.1.10 USG6650E.......................................................................................................................................................................... 75
4.1.11 USG6655E.......................................................................................................................................................................... 82
4.1.12 USG6680E.......................................................................................................................................................................... 89
4.1.13 USG6712E, USG6716E................................................................................................................................................... 97
4.2 Power Adapters................................................................................................................................................................... 105
4.2.1 36 W Power Adapter......................................................................................................................................................105
4.2.2 150 W Power Adapter................................................................................................................................................... 107
4.3 Power Modules.................................................................................................................................................................... 109
4.3.1 PAC60S12-AR AC Power Module............................................................................................................................... 109
4.3.2 PAC60S12-R AC Power Module.................................................................................................................................. 113
4.3.3 PAC150S12-R AC Power Module............................................................................................................................... 116
4.3.4 PDC350S12-B DC Power Module...............................................................................................................................119
4.3.5 PAC600S12-B AC Power Module............................................................................................................................... 123
4.3.6 PAC600S12-CB AC Power Module.............................................................................................................................126
4.3.7 PDC1000S12-CB DC Power Module......................................................................................................................... 129
4.3.8 PAC1K2S12-B AC&240 V DC Power Module......................................................................................................... 133
4.4 Fan Modules......................................................................................................................................................................... 136
4.4.1 FAN-023A-B...................................................................................................................................................................... 136

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ii


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide Contents

4.4.2 FAN-036A-B...................................................................................................................................................................... 138


4.5 Storage Devices................................................................................................................................................................... 141
4.5.1 Hard Disk Unit M.2-Sata64G-A.................................................................................................................................. 141
4.5.2 Hard Disk Unit M.2-Sata240G-A............................................................................................................................... 142
4.5.3 Hard Disk Unit SSD-Sata240G-A............................................................................................................................... 144
4.5.4 Hard Disk Unit SSD-Sata960G-A............................................................................................................................... 147
4.5.5 Hard Disk Unit HDD-SATA1000G-A......................................................................................................................... 149
4.6 Optical/Electrical Modules.............................................................................................................................................. 152
4.6.1 Before You Start............................................................................................................................................................... 152
4.6.2 1 Gbit/s SFP Optical/Electrical Modules..................................................................................................................153
4.6.2.1 SFP-1000BaseT............................................................................................................................................................. 153
4.6.3 1 Gbit/s eSFP Optical Modules...................................................................................................................................154
4.6.3.1 eSFP-GE-SX-MM850................................................................................................................................................... 154
4.6.3.2 SFP-GE-LX-SM1310..................................................................................................................................................... 155
4.6.3.3 OSU015N00................................................................................................................................................................... 156
4.6.3.4 S-SFP-GE-LH40-SM1310........................................................................................................................................... 157
4.6.3.5 S-SFP-GE-LH40-SM1550........................................................................................................................................... 157
4.6.3.6 eSFP-GE-ZX100-SM1550........................................................................................................................................... 158
4.6.3.7 S-SFP-GE-LH80-SM1550........................................................................................................................................... 159
4.6.3.8 SFP-GE-LX-SM1310-BIDI........................................................................................................................................... 160
4.6.3.9 SFP-GE-LX-SM1490-BIDI........................................................................................................................................... 160
4.6.4 10 Gbit/s SFP+ Optical Modules................................................................................................................................ 161
4.6.4.1 OMXD30000.................................................................................................................................................................. 161
4.6.4.2 OSX010000.................................................................................................................................................................... 162
4.6.4.3 OSX040N01....................................................................................................................................................................163
4.6.4.4 SFP-10G-USR................................................................................................................................................................. 164
4.6.4.5 SFP-10G-ZR.................................................................................................................................................................... 164
4.6.4.6 SFP-10G-BXU1.............................................................................................................................................................. 165
4.6.4.7 SFP-10G-BXD1.............................................................................................................................................................. 166
4.6.5 40 Gbit/s QSFP+ Optical Modules.............................................................................................................................167
4.6.5.1 QSFP-40G-LR4.............................................................................................................................................................. 167
4.6.5.2 QSFP-40G-iSR4............................................................................................................................................................. 168
4.6.5.3 QSFP-40G-eSR4............................................................................................................................................................ 169
4.6.5.4 QSFP-40G-SDLC-PAM................................................................................................................................................. 170
4.6.5.5 QSFP-40G-SR-BD......................................................................................................................................................... 171
4.6.6 100 Gbit/s QSFP28 Optical Modules........................................................................................................................ 171
4.6.6.1 QSFP-100G-CWDM4...................................................................................................................................................171
4.6.6.2 QSFP28-100G-LR4....................................................................................................................................................... 172
4.6.6.3 QSFP28-100G-SR4....................................................................................................................................................... 173
4.7 Cable....................................................................................................................................................................................... 174
4.7.1 PGND Cable...................................................................................................................................................................... 174
4.7.2 AC Power Cables............................................................................................................................................................. 175

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iii


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide Contents

4.7.3 DC Power Cables ............................................................................................................................................................ 177


4.7.4 Console Cable................................................................................................................................................................... 179
4.7.5 Ethernet Cable..................................................................................................................................................................180
4.7.6 Optical Fiber..................................................................................................................................................................... 185

5 Hardware Installation........................................................................................................ 191


5.1 Installation Procedure....................................................................................................................................................... 191
5.2 Installation Preparation.................................................................................................................................................... 192
5.2.1 Precautions........................................................................................................................................................................ 192
5.2.2 Installation Environment Check................................................................................................................................. 193
5.2.3 Instruments Required for the Installation.............................................................................................................. 194
5.3 Installing a Desktop Device............................................................................................................................................ 196
5.3.1 Mounting a Device to a Specified Location........................................................................................................... 196
5.3.1.1 Mounting a Device in a Cabinet............................................................................................................................. 196
5.3.1.2 Mounting a Device on a Workbench.................................................................................................................... 199
5.3.1.3 Mounting a Device Against a Wall........................................................................................................................ 200
5.3.2 Connecting a PGND Cable........................................................................................................................................... 203
5.3.3 Installing a Micro SD Card........................................................................................................................................... 205
5.3.4 Connecting a Console Cable....................................................................................................................................... 207
5.3.5 Connecting an Ethernet Cable....................................................................................................................................209
5.3.6 Installing Optical Transceivers and Connecting Optical Fibers....................................................................... 210
5.3.7 Connecting a Power Adapter...................................................................................................................................... 213
5.3.8 Powering On or Off the USG6510E, USG6510E-POE, USG6530E.................................................................. 215
5.4 Installing a 420 mm Deep Device.................................................................................................................................216
5.4.1 Mounting a Device to a Specified Location........................................................................................................... 216
5.4.1.1 Mounting a Device in a Cabinet............................................................................................................................. 216
5.4.1.2 Mounting a Device on a Workbench.................................................................................................................... 224
5.4.2 Connecting a PGND Cable........................................................................................................................................... 225
5.4.3 Installing a Hard Disk.................................................................................................................................................... 227
5.4.4 Connecting a Console Cable....................................................................................................................................... 230
5.4.5 Connecting an Ethernet Cable....................................................................................................................................232
5.4.6 Installing Optical Transceivers and Connecting Optical Fibers....................................................................... 233
5.4.7 Connecting Power Cables.............................................................................................................................................236
5.4.7.1 Connecting AC Power Cables.................................................................................................................................. 236
5.4.7.2 Connecting DC Power Cables.................................................................................................................................. 238
5.4.8 Powering On or Off the USG6515E, USG6525E, USG6550E, USG6555E, USG6560E, USG6565E,
USG6575E-B, USG6580E, USG6585E, USG6605E-B, USG6615E, USG6625E, USG6630E, USG6635E,
USG6650E, USG6655E.............................................................................................................................................................. 240
5.5 Installing a 600 mm Deep Device.................................................................................................................................242
5.5.1 Mounting a Device in a Cabinet................................................................................................................................ 242
5.5.2 Connecting a PGND Cable........................................................................................................................................... 247
5.5.3 Installing a Hard Disk.................................................................................................................................................... 250
5.5.4 Connecting a Console Cable....................................................................................................................................... 251
5.5.5 Installing Optical Transceivers and Connecting Optical Fibers....................................................................... 253

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iv


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide Contents

5.5.6 Connecting AC Power Cables...................................................................................................................................... 256


5.5.7 Powering On or Off the USG6680E, USG6712E, USG6716E............................................................................ 257

6 Maintaining the Hardware............................................................................................... 260


6.1 Replacing the Hard Disk.................................................................................................................................................. 260
6.2 Replacing a Power Module............................................................................................................................................. 263
6.3 Replacing a Fan Module.................................................................................................................................................. 265
6.4 Replacing a Micro SD Card (USG6510E, USG6510E-POE, USG6530E)............................................................ 266

A Appendix............................................................................................................................... 270
A.1 Requirements for Installation Environment.............................................................................................................. 270
A.1.1 Device Position................................................................................................................................................................ 270
A.1.2 Humidity, Temperature, and Cleanness.................................................................................................................. 271
A.1.3 ESD Requirements.......................................................................................................................................................... 272
A.1.4 Lightning Protection and Grounding....................................................................................................................... 274
A.1.5 Power Supply....................................................................................................................................................................276
A.1.6 Electromagnetic Protection......................................................................................................................................... 279
A.2 Fault Tag............................................................................................................................................................................... 280

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. v


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 1 About This Document

1 About This Document

Related Version
The following table lists the product version related to this document.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 1


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 1 About This Document

Product Name Version

The USG6000E series V600R006


has the following V600R007
models:
● USG6500E
– USG6510E
– USG6510E-POE
– USG6515E
– USG6525E
– USG6530E
– USG6550E
– USG6555E
– USG6560E
– USG6565E
– USG6575E-B
– USG6580E
– USG6585E
● USG6600E
– USG6605E-B
– USG6615E
– USG6625E
– USG6630E
– USG6635E
– USG6650E
– USG6655E
– USG6680E
● USG6700E
– USG6712E
– USG6716E

Intended Audience
This document describes hardware structure, installation guide, and hardware
maintenance. The content of this document includes the appearance and
specifications of the product, preparation before the installation, installation,
cabling, and hardware replacement.
This document is intended for installation personnel and administrators who
install and maintain USG. The installation personnel or administrators must have
experience in the installation and maintenance of networking devices.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 1 About This Document

Symbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Symbol Description

Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk which,


if not avoided, will result in death or serious
injury.

Indicates a hazard with a medium level of risk


which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.

Indicates a hazard with a low level of risk which,


if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate
injury.

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which,


if not avoided, could result in equipment damage,
data loss, performance deterioration, or
unanticipated results.
NOTICE is used to address practices not related to
personal injury.

Supplements the important information in the


main text.
NOTE is used to address information not related
to personal injury, equipment damage, and
environment deterioration.

Command Conventions
The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as
follows.

Convention Description

Boldface The keywords of a command line are in boldface.

Italic Command arguments are in italics.

[] Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are


optional.

{ x | y | ... } Optional items are grouped in braces and separated


by vertical bars. One item is selected.

[ x | y | ... ] Optional items are grouped in brackets and


separated by vertical bars. One item is selected or
no item is selected.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 3


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 1 About This Document

Convention Description

{ x | y | ... } * Optional items are grouped in braces and separated


by vertical bars. A minimum of one item or a
maximum of all items can be selected.

[ x | y | ... ] * Optional items are grouped in brackets and


separated by vertical bars. Several items or no item
can be selected.

&<1-n> The parameter before the & sign can be repeated 1


to n times.

# A line starting with the # sign is comments.

GUI Conventions
The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Convention Description

Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and


dialog titles are in boldface. For example, click OK.

> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by


the ">" signs. For example, choose File > Create >
Folder.

Update History
Updates between document issues are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document
issue contains all updates made in previous issues.

● Updates in Issue 05 (2020-08-10) of Product Version V600R007C20


The fifth commercial release has the following updates:
– Added the USG6575E-B, USG6605E-B.
– Added the USG6635E-DC.
– Added the PAC150S12-R AC Power Module.
– Added the PDC1000S12-CB DC Power Module.
– Added the Hard Disk Unit SSD-Sata960G-A.
● Updates in Issue 04 (2020-02-27) of Product Version V600R007C00
The fourth commercial release has the following updates:
Added the PAC60S12-AR AC Power Module.
● Updates in Issue 03 (2019-09-25) of Product Version V600R007C00
The third commercial release has the following updates:
– Added the USG6525E, USG6555E, USG6565E, USG6585E.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 4


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 1 About This Document

– Added the USG6615E, USG6625E.


– Added the USG6635E-AC.
– Added the USG6655E.
● Updates in Issue 02 (2019-05-20) of Product Version V600R007C00
The second commercial release has the following updates:
– Updated the USG6510E.
– Updated the USG6530E
● Updates in Issue 01 (2019-02-28) of Product Version V600R006C00
Initial commercial release.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 5


HUAWEI USG6000E Series 2 Using the Hardware Query Tool and the Hardware
Hardware Guide Configuration Tool

2 Using the Hardware Query Tool and the


Hardware Configuration Tool

Figure 2-1 shows the interface of the Hardware Query Tool. You can use this tool
to query the power modules, fan modules, optical modules, and cards supported
by each model, as well as specifications of devices and modules. You can search
products or modules by part number, product model, or module type.

Figure 2-1 Web page of the Hardware Query Tool

Figure 2-2 shows the web page of the Hardware Configuration Tool. You can
use this tool to calculate the power consumption of a switch.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 6


HUAWEI USG6000E Series 2 Using the Hardware Query Tool and the Hardware
Hardware Guide Configuration Tool

Figure 2-2 Web page of the Hardware Configuration Tool

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 7


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 3 Software Versions Compatible with Hardware

3 Software Versions Compatible with


Hardware

This section describes software versions compatible with the USG hardware.
The USG has its software versions constantly updated and optimized ever since its
launch. Figure 3-1 displays software versions compatible with the USG and
version evolution.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 8


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 3 Software Versions Compatible with Hardware

Figure 3-1 Software versions compatible with hardware

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 9


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

4 Hardware Overview

This chapter describes hardware information for all USG6000E series and main
components.

4.1 Chassis
This chapter describes hardware information for all USG6000E series, including
hardware appearance, front and real panels, power supply system, heat dissipation
system, and technical specifications.

NOTE

● The model shown on the panel of the USG is the series number USG6000E. For the
specific model, see the nameplate attached on the bottom of the USG.
● The device series number can be provided using laser marking on the panel or film
silkscreen. The device functions are the same regardless of the series number
presentation mode.

4.1.1 USG6510E
The USG6510E is a 1-U desktop device with an integrated structure. The
USG6510E uses natural cooling, provides fixed ports, and uses an external power
adapter to supply power. The USG6510E does not support port expansion.

Mapping
Table 4-1 lists the mapping between the USG6510E hardware and software
versions.

Table 4-1 Mapping between the hardware and software versions

Model Software Version

USG6510E V600R006C00 and later versions

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 10


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Front Panel
Figure 4-1 illustrates the front panel of the USG6510E.

Figure 4-1 USG6510E front panel

Table 4-2 System status indicators

Indicator Name Color Status Description

PWR Power Green Steady on The power module works


indicator properly.

- Off The power module is faulty or


the power cable is
disconnected.

SYS System Green Steady on The system is being powered


indicator on or restarted.

Green Blink The system is running


every two normally.
seconds
(0.5 Hz)

Green Blink four The system is starting.


every
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on A system fault occurs.

- Off The system is not running.

USB USB Green Steady on USB-based deployment is


indicator complete.

Green Blink four The data of USB-based


every deployment is being read.
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on USB-based deployment fails.

- Off If USB-based deployment is


disabled, the system is in the
default state.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 11


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Indicator Name Color Status Description

CLOUD CLOUD Green Steady on Connected to the cloud


indicator management platform.

Green Blink four Connecting to the cloud


every management platform,
second (4 transmitting or receiving data.
Hz)

- Off Not connected or registered to


the cloud management
platform.

MicroSD Micro SD Green Steady on The micro SD card is present.


indicator
- Off The micro SD card is not
detected.

Rear Panel
Figure 4-2 illustrates the rear panel of the USG6510E.

Figure 4-2 USG6510E rear panel

Name Description

Protective ground The M4 OT terminal connects the PGND cable to the


terminal ground point of the cabinet, workbench, or wall, or the
ground bar in equipment room.

Clip hole The hole is used to install the power cable clip, which is
used to bind and fix the power cable.

Power receptacle The receptacle connects to the tuning fork plug of the
power adapter.
For details about the power adapter, see 36 W Power
Adapter.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 12


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

0 to 7 (RJ45) 8 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical ports,


NOTE numbered from GigabitEthernet 0/0/0 to
Arrowheads show the GigabitEthernet 0/0/7.
positions of ports. A GigabitEthernet 0/0/0 is an inband management port
down arrowhead
indicates a port at the
and its default IP address is 192.168.0.1. After this port
bottom, and an up is connected to your PC through network cables, you
arrowhead indicates a can log in to the device using Telnet, STelnet, or web UI
port at the top. to configure or manage the device.

8 to 9 (WAN, RJ45) 2 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical ports,


numbered from GigabitEthernet 0/0/8 to
GigabitEthernet 0/0/9.
The device is connected to the WAN or cloud
management platform using a network cable.

10 to 11 (SFP) 2 GE Ethernet optical ports, numbered from


GigabitEthernet 0/0/10 to GigabitEthernet 0/0/11.
Compatible with GE Ethernet optical ports and
supporting 1 Gbit/s SFP Optical/Electrical Modules,
and 1 Gbit/s eSFP Optical Modules.

Micro SD card slot The micro SD card slot allows you to insert a micro SD
card to record logs and reports in real time. The micro
SD card is optional. You can purchase one (BOM code:
06010308, model: SDSDQAE-064G, capacity: 64GB,
dimensions (H x W x D): 1 mm x 15.00 mm x 11.00
mm/0.04 in. x 0.59 in. x 0.43 in.) from Huawei if
needed.
You are advised to install an anti-theft board delivered
with the device to protect the micro SD card.

USB port USB ports allow you to insert USB devices for system
software upgrades. For details on upgrades through
USB devices, refer to the Upgrade Guide delivered with
the device.

RST button To restart the device, press the RST button. Ensure that
the running configuration is saved before pressing the
RST button.
This button can enable you to restore the default
settings with one click. To be specific, you can hold
down the RST button for 5 seconds and then release it
to restore the default settings and restart the device.

Console port (RJ45) Console ports allow you to locally connect a PC to the
device.
You can use a console cable to connect the console
port (RJ45) on the device to the COM port on your PC
and use a serial port terminal program on your PC to
access, configure, and manage the device.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 13


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

SN The serial number that uniquely identifies the device.


When applying for a license file, you must provide the
SN of the device.

MAC The MAC address uniquely identifies the physical


address of a device and must be provided during
network forwarding configuration.

Power Supply System


The USG6510E does not have a built-in power module and requires an external 36
W power adapter.

Heat Dissipation System


The USG6510E does not have fans and uses natural cooling.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-3 lists the technical specifications of the USG6510E.

Table 4-3 USG6510E technical specifications

Item Description

BOM ● V600R006C00 version: 02352CSB


● V600R007C00 and later versions: 02352PQH

System specifications

CPU Multi-core 1.2 GHz processor

Memory DDR4 1 GB

Nor Flash 32 MB

NAND Flash 1 GB

Micro SD card Optional. Purchase one 64-GB micro SD card from


Huawei as required.

Hard disk Not supported

Dimensions and weight

Basic dimensions (Ha 43.6 mm x 250 mm x 210 mm (1.72 in. x 9.84 in. x 8.27
x Wb x D) in, 1 U)

Maximum dimensions 43.6 mm x 250 mm x 215 mm (1.72 in. x 9.84 in. x 8.46
(Ha x Wb x D) in, 1 U)

Weight 1.57 kg

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 14


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Power consumption and heat consumption

Maximum power 21.6 W


consumption

Maximum heat 73.7 BTU/hour


consumption

Power specifications

AC model Supported (external AC power adapter)

Rated input voltage 100 V to 240 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz


(AC)

Maximum input 90 V to 264 V, 47 Hz to 63 Hz


voltage (AC)

Maximum input 1.0 A/36 W


current/Maximum
output power

Heat dissipation

Fan module Has no fan and uses natural cooling.

Port density

Console port 1 (RJ45)

USB port 1

Service ports in ● 10 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical


standard ports
configuration ● 2 1000M autosensing Ethernet optical ports

Micro SD card slot 1

Expansion slot None

Environment specificationsc

System MTBF 57.29


reliability (year)

MTTR 2
(hour)

Long-term operating 0°C to 45°C


ambient temperature

Storage ambient -40°C to 70°C


temperature

Operating ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 15


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Storage ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Altitude 0 m to 5000 m
NOTE
● a. The height is 1 U (1 U = 1.75 inches, or about 44.45 mm), which is a height unit
defined in International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 60297 standards.
● b. The width does not include the size of mounting ears.
● c. Temperature and humidity are measured 1.5 m above the floor and 0.4 m in front of
the rack when no protection plate exists before or after the rack.

4.1.2 USG6510E-POE
The USG6510E-POE is a 1-U desktop device with an integrated structure. The
USG6510E-POE uses natural cooling, provides fixed ports, and uses an external
power adapter to supply power. The USG6510E-POE support PoE output.

Mapping
Table 4-4 lists the mapping between the USG6510E-POE hardware and software
versions.

Table 4-4 Mapping between the hardware and software versions


Model Software Version

USG6510E-POE V600R006C00 and later versions

Front Panel
Figure 4-3 illustrates the front panel of the USG6510E-POE.

Figure 4-3 USG6510E-POE front panel

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 16


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-5 System status indicators


Indicator Name Color Status Description

PWR Power Green Steady on The power module works


indicator properly.

- Off The power module is faulty or


the power cable is
disconnected.

SYS System Green Steady on The system is being powered


indicator on or restarted.

Green Blink The system is running


every two normally.
seconds
(0.5 Hz)

Green Blink four The system is starting.


every
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on A system fault occurs.

- Off The system is not running.

USB USB Green Steady on USB-based deployment is


indicator complete.

Green Blink four The data of USB-based


every deployment is being read.
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on USB-based deployment fails.

- Off If USB-based deployment is


disabled, the system is in the
default state.

CLOUD CLOUD Green Steady on Connected to the cloud


indicator management platform.

Green Blink four Connecting to the cloud


every management platform,
second (4 transmitting or receiving data.
Hz)

- Off Not connected or registered to


the cloud management
platform.

MicroSD Micro SD Green Steady on The micro SD card is present.


indicator
- Off The micro SD card is not
detected.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 17


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Rear Panel
Figure 4-4 illustrates the rear panel of the USG6510E-POE.

Figure 4-4 USG6510E-POE rear panel

Name Description

Protective ground The M4 OT terminal connects the PGND cable to the


terminal ground point of the cabinet, workbench, or wall, or the
ground bar in equipment room.

Clip hole The hole is used to install the power cable clip, which is
used to bind and fix the power cable.

Power receptacle The receptacle connects to the tuning fork plug of the
power adapter.
For details about the power adapter, see 150 W Power
Adapter.

0 to 7 (RJ45) 8 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical ports,


NOTE numbered from GigabitEthernet 0/0/0 to
Arrowheads show the GigabitEthernet 0/0/7. Among the interfaces,
positions of ports. A GigabitEthernet0/0/0 to GigabitEthernet0/0/3 support
down arrowhead PoE output and can supply power to PDs (such as IP
indicates a port at the
phones and surveillance cameras).
bottom, and an up
arrowhead indicates a GigabitEthernet 0/0/0 is an inband management port
port at the top. and its default IP address is 192.168.0.1. After this port
is connected to your PC through network cables, you
can log in to the device using Telnet, STelnet, or web UI
to configure or manage the device.
NOTE
When the USG supplies power to PDs, the total power
consumption of the PDs must not exceed 60 W.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 18


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

8 to 9 (WAN, RJ45) 2 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical ports,


numbered from GigabitEthernet 0/0/8 to
GigabitEthernet 0/0/9.
The device is connected to the WAN or cloud
management platform using a network cable.

10 to 11 (SFP) 2 GE Ethernet optical ports, numbered from


GigabitEthernet 0/0/10 to GigabitEthernet 0/0/11.
Compatible with GE Ethernet optical ports and
supporting 1 Gbit/s SFP Optical/Electrical Modules,
and 1 Gbit/s eSFP Optical Modules.

Micro SD card slot The micro SD card slot allows you to insert a micro SD
card to record logs and reports in real time. The micro
SD card is optional. You can purchase one (BOM code:
06010308, model: SDSDQAE-064G, capacity: 64 GB,
dimensions (H x W x D): 1 mm x 15.00 mm x 11.00
mm/0.04 in. x 0.59 in. x 0.43 in.) from Huawei if
needed.
You are advised to install an anti-theft board delivered
with the device to protect the micro SD card.

USB 2.0 port USB ports allow you to insert USB devices for system
software upgrades. For details on upgrades through
USB devices, refer to the Upgrade Guide delivered with
the device.

RST button To restart the device, press the RST button. Ensure that
the running configuration is saved before pressing the
RST button.
This button can enable you to restore the default
settings with one click. To be specific, you can hold
down the RST button for 5 seconds and then release it
to restore the default settings and restart the device.

Console port (RJ45) Console ports allow you to locally connect a PC to the
device.
You can use a console cable to connect the console
port (RJ45) on the device to the COM port on your PC
and use a serial port terminal program on your PC to
access, configure, and manage the device.

SN The serial number that uniquely identifies the device.


When applying for a license file, you must provide the
SN of the device.

MAC The MAC address uniquely identifies the physical


address of a device and must be provided during
network forwarding configuration.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 19


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Power Supply System


The USG6510E-POE does not have a built-in power module and requires an
external 150 W Power Adapter.

Heat Dissipation System


The USG6510E-POE does not have fans and uses natural cooling.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-6 lists the technical specifications of the USG6510E-POE.

Table 4-6 USG6510E-POE technical specifications

Item Description

BOM 02352CSC

System specifications

CPU Multi-core 1.2 GHz processor

Memory DDR4 1 GB

Nor Flash 32 MB

NAND Flash 1 GB

Micro SD card Optional. Purchase one 64-GB micro SD card from


Huawei as required.

Hard disk Not supported

Dimensions and weight

Basic dimensions (Ha 43.6 mm x 250 mm x 210 mm (1.72 in. x 9.84 in. x 8.27
x Wb x D) in., 1 U)

Maximum dimensions 43.6 mm x 250 mm x 215 mm (1.72 in. x 9.84 in. x 8.46
(Ha x Wb x D) in., 1 U)

Weight 1.75 kg

Power consumption and heat consumption

Maximum power 85.1 W


consumption

Maximum heat 290.36 BTU/hour


consumption

Power specifications

AC model Supported (external AC power adapter)

Rated input voltage 100 V to 240 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz


(AC)

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 20


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Maximum input 90 V to 290 V, 47 Hz to 63 Hz


voltage (AC)

Maximum input 2.0 A/150 W


current/Maximum
output power

PoE output Supported

PoE power supply IEEE 802.3af/at


standards

Maximum output ● IEEE 802.3af: 44V DC–57V DC


voltage of a PoE ● IEEE 802.3at: 50V DC–57V DC
interface

Maximum output ● IEEE 802.3af: 350 mA


current of a PoE ● IEEE 802.3at: 600 mA
interface

Maximum output Total: 60 W


power of PoE A single PoE interface:
interfaces
● IEEE 802.3af: 15.4 W
● IEEE 802.3at: 30 W

Network cable type ● IEEE 802.3af: 100 m if there is no special


and longest requirement
transmission distance ● IEEE 802.3at: 100 m for CAT5e and higher
of a PoE interface

Heat dissipation

Fan module Has no fan and uses natural cooling.

Port density

Console port 1 (RJ45)

USB 2.0 port 1

Service ports in ● 10 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical


standard ports
configuration ● 2 1000M autosensing Ethernet optical ports

Micro SD card slot 1

Expansion slot None

Environment specificationsc

System MTBF 57.29


reliability (year)

MTTR 2
(hour)

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 21


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Long-term operating 0°C to 45°C


ambient temperature

Storage ambient -40°C to 70°C


temperature

Operating ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Storage ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Altitude 0 m to 5000 m
NOTE
● a. The height is 1 U (1 U = 1.75 inches, or about 44.45 mm), which is a height unit
defined in International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 60297 standards.
● b. The width does not include the size of mounting ears.
● c. Temperature and humidity are measured 1.5 m above the floor and 0.4 m in front of
the rack when no protection plate exists before or after the rack.

4.1.3 USG6530E
The USG6530E is a 1-U desktop device with an integrated structure. The
USG6530E uses natural cooling, provides fixed ports, and uses an external power
adapter to supply power. The USG6530E does not support port expansion.

Mapping
Table 4-7 lists the mapping between the USG6530E hardware and software
versions.

Table 4-7 Mapping between the hardware and software versions


Model Software Version

USG6530E V600R006C00 and later versions

Front Panel
Figure 4-5 illustrates the front panel of the USG6530E.

Figure 4-5 USG6530E front panel

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 22


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-8 System status indicators


Indicator Name Color Status Description

PWR Power Green Steady on The power module works


indicator properly.

- Off The power module is faulty or


the power cable is
disconnected.

SYS System Green Steady on The system is being powered


indicator on or restarted.

Green Blink The system is running


every two normally.
seconds
(0.5 Hz)

Green Blink four The system is starting.


every
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on A system fault occurs.

- Off The system is not running.

USB USB Green Steady on USB-based deployment is


indicator complete.

Green Blink four The data of USB-based


every deployment is being read.
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on USB-based deployment fails.

- Off If USB-based deployment is


disabled, the system is in the
default state.

CLOUD CLOUD Green Steady on Connected to the cloud


indicator management platform.

Green Blink four Connecting to the cloud


every management platform,
second (4 transmitting or receiving data.
Hz)

- Off Not connected or registered to


the cloud management
platform.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 23


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Indicator Name Color Status Description

MicroSD Micro SD Green Steady on The micro SD card is present.


indicator
- Off The micro SD card is not
detected.

Rear Panel
Figure 4-6 illustrates the rear panel of the USG6530E.

Figure 4-6 USG6530E rear panel

Name Description

Protective ground The M4 OT terminal connects the PGND cable to the


terminal ground point of the cabinet, workbench, or wall, or the
ground bar in equipment room.

Clip hole The hole is used to install the power cable clip, which is
used to bind and fix the power cable.

Power receptacle The receptacle connects to the tuning fork plug of the
power adapter.
For details about the power adapter, see 36 W Power
Adapter.

0 to 7 (RJ45) 8 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical ports,


NOTE numbered from GigabitEthernet 0/0/0 to
Arrowheads show the GigabitEthernet 0/0/7.
positions of ports. A GigabitEthernet 0/0/0 is an inband management port
down arrowhead
indicates a port at the
and its default IP address is 192.168.0.1. After this port
bottom, and an up is connected to your PC through network cables, you
arrowhead indicates a can log in to the device using Telnet, STelnet, or web UI
port at the top. to configure or manage the device.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 24


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

8 to 9 (WAN, RJ45) 2 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical ports,


NOTE numbered from GigabitEthernet 0/0/8 to
The WAN ports of the GigabitEthernet 0/0/9.
devices delivered earlier
The device is connected to the WAN or cloud
are vertically arranged,
whose functions are the management platform using a network cable.
same as those of the
WAN ports that are
horizontally arranged.

0 to 1 (10G, SFP+) 2 10GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports, numbered


from XGigabitEthernet 0/0/0 to XGigabitEthernet 0/0/1.
Compatible with GE Ethernet optical ports and
supporting 1 Gbit/s SFP Optical/Electrical Modules, 1
Gbit/s eSFP Optical Modules and 10 Gbit/s SFP+
Optical Modules.

Micro SD card slot The micro SD card slot allows you to insert a micro SD
card to record logs and reports in real time. The micro
SD card is optional. You can purchase one (BOM code:
06010308, model: SDSDQAE-064G, capacity: 64GB,
dimensions (H x W x D): 1 mm x 15.00 mm x 11.00
mm/0.04 in. x 0.59 in. x 0.43 in. ) from Huawei if
needed.
You are advised to install an anti-theft board delivered
with the device to protect the micro SD card.

USB port USB ports allow you to insert USB devices for system
software upgrades. For details on upgrades through
USB devices, refer to the Upgrade Guide delivered with
the device.

RST button To restart the device, press the RST button. Ensure that
the running configuration is saved before pressing the
RST button.
This button can enable you to restore the default
settings with one click. To be specific, you can hold
down the RST button for 5 seconds and then release it
to restore the default settings and restart the device.

Console port (RJ45) Console ports allow you to locally connect a PC to the
device.
You can use a console cable to connect the console
port (RJ45) on the device to the COM port on your PC
and use a serial port terminal program on your PC to
access, configure, and manage the device.

SN The serial number that uniquely identifies the device.


When applying for a license file, you must provide the
SN of the device.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 25


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

MAC The MAC address uniquely identifies the physical


address of a device and must be provided during
network forwarding configuration.

Power Supply System


The USG6530E does not have a built-in power module and requires an external 36
W Power Adapter.

Heat Dissipation System


The USG6530E does not have fans and uses natural cooling.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-9 lists the technical specifications of the USG6530E.

Table 4-9 USG6530E technical specifications

Item Description

BOM ● V600R006C00 version: 02352CHX


● V600R007C00 and later versions: 02352QVD

System specifications

CPU Multi-core 1.2 GHz processor

Memory DDR4 2 GB

Nor Flash 32 MB

NAND Flash 2 GB

Micro SD card Optional. Purchase one 64-GB micro SD card from


Huawei as required.

Hard disk Not supported

Dimensions and weight

Basic dimensions (Hb 43.6 mm x 250 mm x 210 mm (1.72 in. x 9.84 in. x 8.27
x Wa x D) in., 1 U)

Maximum dimensions 43.6 mm x 250 mm x 215 mm (1.72 in. x 9.84 in. x 8.46
(Hb x Wa x D) in., 1 U)

Weight 1.57 kg

Power consumption and heat consumption

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 26


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Maximum power 22.3 W


consumption

Maximum heat 76.09 BTU/hour


consumption

Power specifications

AC model Supported (external AC power adapter)

Rated input voltage 100 V to 240 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz


(AC)

Maximum input 90 V to 264 V, 47 Hz to 63 Hz


voltage (AC)

Maximum input 1.0 A/36 W


current/Maximum
output power

Heat dissipation

Fan module Has no fan and uses natural cooling.

Port density

Console port 1 (RJ45)

USB port 1

Service ports in ● 10 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical


standard ports
configuration ● 2 10GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports,
compatible with GE Ethernet optical ports

Micro SD card slot 1

Expansion slot None

Environment specificationsc

System MTBF 57.29


reliability (year)

MTTR 2
(hour)

Long-term operating 0°C to 45°C


ambient temperature

Storage ambient -40°C to 70°C


temperature

Operating ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 27


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Storage ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Altitude 0 m to 5000 m
NOTE
● a. The width does not include the size of mounting ears.
● b. The height is 1 U (1 U = 1.75 inches, or about 44.45 mm), which is a height unit
defined in International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 60297 standards.
● c. Temperature and humidity are measured 1.5 m above the floor and 0.4 m in front of
the rack when no protection plate exists before or after the rack.

4.1.4 USG6515E, USG6550E, USG6560E, USG6580E


The USG6515E, USG6550E, USG6560E, USG6580E have only AC models and no DC
models and use an integrated chassis that contains the fixed interface board,
single power module, and single fan module. You can also add some optional
modules, such as hard disk, additional power module.

Mapping
Table 4-10 lists the mapping between the USG6515E, USG6550E, USG6560E,
USG6580E hardware and software versions.

Table 4-10 Mapping between the hardware and software versions

Model Software Version

USG6515E, USG6550E, V600R006C00 and later versions


USG6560E, USG6580E

Front Panel
Figure 4-7 illustrates the front panel of the USG6515E, USG6550E, USG6560E,
USG6580E.

Figure 4-7 USG6515E, USG6550E, USG6560E, USG6580E front panel

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 28


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-11 System status indicators


Indicator Name Color Status Description

PWR Power Green Steady on The power module works


indicator properly.

- Off The power module is faulty or


the power cable is
disconnected.

SYS System Green Steady on The system is being powered


indicator on or restarted.

Green Blink The system is running


every two normally.
seconds
(0.5 Hz)

Green Blink four The system is starting.


every
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on ● A system fault occurs.


● The power module is
abnormal.
● The fan module is
abnormal.

- Off The system is not running.

USB USB Green Steady on USB-based deployment is


indicator complete.

Green Blink four The data of USB-based


every deployment is being read.
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on USB-based deployment fails.

- Off If USB-based deployment is


disabled, the system is in the
default state.

HA HA Green Steady on Management master device in


indicator hot standby or cluster
deployment.

Green Blink Management backup device in


every two hot standby or cluster
seconds deployment.
(0.5 Hz)

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 29


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Indicator Name Color Status Description

Red Steady on Hot standby or the cluster is


faulty.

- Off The hot standby or the cluster


function is disabled.

WAN WAN Reserved.


indicator

CLOUD CLOUD Green Steady on Connected to the cloud


indicator management platform.

Green Blink four Connecting to the cloud


every management platform,
second (4 transmitting or receiving data.
Hz)

- Off Not connected or registered to


the cloud management
platform.

Table 4-12 Interface description


Name Description

RST button To restart the device, press the RST button. Ensure that
the running configuration is saved before pressing the
RST button.
This button can enable you to restore the default
settings with one click. To be specific, you can hold
down the RST button for 5 seconds and then release it
to restore the default settings and restart the device.

0 to 15 (RJ45) 16 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical ports,


NOTE numbered from GigabitEthernet 0/0/0 to
Arrowheads show the GigabitEthernet 0/0/15.
positions of ports. A
down arrowhead
indicates a port at the
bottom, and an up
arrowhead indicates a
port at the top.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 30


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

16 to 23 (COMBO, Combo ports. Combo ports are logic ports. One combo
RJ45 + SFP) port can work as a GE electrical interface or a GE
optical port. Each combo port has only one internal
forwarding port. When the electrical port is enabled,
the optical port is disabled. When the optical port is
enabled, the electrical port is disabled. The electrical
and optical ports of a combo port use the same
interface view, numbered from GigabitEthernet 0/0/16
to GigabitEthernet 0/0/23. By default, the combo port
is used as an electrical port. You can use the combo
enable { copper | fiber } command to set the working
mode of combo ports according to network
requirements. Each optical port supports a 1 Gbit/s SFP
Optical Module.

0 to 1 (10G, SFP+) 2 10GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports, numbered


from XGigabitEthernet 0/0/0 to XGigabitEthernet 0/0/1.
Supporting 10 Gbit/s SFP+ optical modules, and not
compatible with GE optical modules.

0 to 1 (WAN, RJ45) 2 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical ports,


numbered from WAN 0/0/0 to WAN 0/0/1.
The device is connected to the WAN or cloud
management center using a network cable.

SSD card slot The M.2 module is inserted to record logs and reports
in real time. The M.2 module is optional. You can
purchase the M.2 module as required. For details, see
Storage Devices.

USB 3.0 port USB ports allow you to insert USB 3.0 devices for
system software upgrades. For details on upgrades
through USB devices, refer to the Upgrade Guide
delivered with the device.

USB 2.0 port USB ports allow you to insert USB 2.0 devices for
system software upgrades. For details on upgrades
through USB devices, refer to the Upgrade Guide
delivered with the device.

MGMT port Out-of-band 10/100/1000M RJ45 autosensing Ethernet


management port. The interface number is METH
0/0/0 and the default IP address of the interface is
192.168.0.1.
You can connect this port to the network port or any
reachable port on a PC through a network cable. Then,
you can use Telnet to access the CLI or use a web
browser to access the web UI to configure, manage,
and maintain the USG.
NOTE
The MGMT port cannot be used as a service port.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 31


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

Console port (RJ45) Console ports allow you to locally connect a PC to the
device.
You can use a console cable to connect the console
port (RJ45) on the device to the COM port on your PC
and use a serial port terminal program on your PC to
access, configure, and manage the device.

Rear Panel
Figure 4-8 illustrates the rear panel of the USG6515E, USG6550E, USG6560E,
USG6580E.

Figure 4-8 USG6515E, USG6550E, USG6560E, USG6580E rear panel

Table 4-13 Interface description


Name Description

Protective ground The M4 OT terminal connects the PGND cable to the


terminal ground point of the cabinet, workbench, or wall, or the
ground bar in equipment room.

SN The serial number that uniquely identifies the device.


When applying for a license file, you must provide the
SN of the device.

MAC The MAC address uniquely identifies the physical


address of a device and must be provided during
network forwarding configuration.

Fan module The fan module provides air flow for heat dissipation. It
is hot-swappable, but the removal duration cannot
exceed 1 minute. For details, see FAN-023A-B.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 32


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

Power modules (in Provides power input and distribution for the device.
slots PWR1 and One power module is provided by default, but two
PWR2) power modules are supported to provide 1+1 power
redundancy. If two power modules are used and one
power module fails, the other can support the entire
system so that you can replace the faulty power
module without interrupting device operation. For
details, see PAC60S12-R AC Power Module.

Power Supply System


The USG6515E, USG6550E, USG6560E, USG6580E does not have a built-in power
module and requires an external PAC60S12-R AC power module, but two power
modules are supported for 1+1 power redundancy.

Heat Dissipation System


The USG6515E, USG6550E, USG6560E, USG6580E provides a dedicated fan
module FAN-023A-B for heat dissipation.
From the front panel, the device provides a front-to-rear air flow, as shown in
Figure 4-9. The fan module locates at the air exhaust of the system.

Figure 4-9 System Air Flow

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 33


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Technical Specifications
Table 4-14 lists the technical specifications of the USG6515E, USG6550E,
USG6560E, USG6580E.

Table 4-14 USG6515E, USG6550E, USG6560E, USG6580E technical specifications

Item Description

BOM ● USG6515E: 02352CBP


● USG6550E: 02352CBQ
● USG6560E: 02352CBR
● USG6580E: 02352CBS

System specifications

CPU Multi-core 1.4 GHz processor

Memory DDR4 4 GB

Nor Flash 32 MB

NAND Flash 2 GB

Hard disk Optional. M.2 SSD (64GB or 240GB available), hot-


swappable

Dimensions and weight

Basic dimensions (Ha 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 420 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x
x Wb x D) 16.54 in., 1 U)

Maximum dimensions 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 451.5 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x


(Ha x Wb x D) 17.78 in., 1 U)

Weight 5.71 kg

Power consumption and heat consumption

Maximum power 46.4 W


consumption

Maximum heat 158.32 BTU/hour


consumption

Power specifications

AC model Supported. By default, one power module is provided,


but two power modules are supported. If two power
modules are used and one module fails, you can hot-
swap the faulty power module.

Rated input voltage 100 V to 240 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz


(AC)

Maximum input 90 V to 264 V, 47 Hz to 63 Hz


voltage (AC)

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 34


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Maximum input 2A
current (AC)

Maximum output 60 W
power (AC)

Heat dissipation

Fan module Hot-swappable

Number of fans 1

Air flow (hot air flow, Air inlet from front and air outlet from rear
viewed facing the
front panel)

Port density

Out-of-band 1 (RJ45)
management port

Console port 1 (RJ45)

USB port 1 USB3.0 + 1 USB2.0

Service ports in ● 2 10GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports


standard ● 2 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical
configuration ports (WAN)
● 16 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical
ports (LAN)
● 8 GE Combo ports

Expansion slot None

Environment specificationsc

System MTBF 45.56


reliability (year)

MTTR 2
(hour)

Ambient temperature 0°C to 45°C

Storage ambient -40°C to 70°C


temperature

Operating ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Storage ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Altitude 0 m to 5000 m

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 35


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description
NOTE
● a. The height is 1 U (1 U = 1.75 inches, or about 44.45 mm), which is a height unit
defined in International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 60297 standards.
● b. The width does not include the size of mounting ears.
● c. Temperature and humidity are measured 1.5 m above the floor and 0.4 m in front of
the rack when no protection plate exists before or after the rack.

4.1.5 USG6525E, USG6555E, USG6565E, USG6585E


The USG6525E, USG6555E, USG6565E, USG6585E have only AC models and no DC
models and use an integrated chassis that contains the fixed interface board,
single power module, and single fan module. You can also add some optional
modules, such as hard disk, additional power module.

Mapping
Table 4-15 lists the mapping between the USG6525E, USG6555E, USG6565E,
USG6585E hardware and software versions.

Table 4-15 Mapping between the hardware and software versions


Model Software Version

USG6525E, USG6555E, V600R007C00 and later versions


USG6565E, USG6585E

Front Panel
Figure 4-10 illustrates the front panel of the USG6525E, USG6555E, USG6565E,
USG6585E.

Figure 4-10 USG6525E, USG6555E, USG6565E, USG6585E front panel

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 36


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-16 System status indicators


Indicator Name Color Status Description

PWR Power Green Steady on The power module works


indicator properly.

- Off The power module is faulty or


the power cable is
disconnected.

SYS System Green Steady on The system is being powered


indicator on or restarted.

Green Blink The system is running


every two normally.
seconds
(0.5 Hz)

Green Blink four The system is starting.


every
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on ● A system fault occurs.


● The power module is
abnormal.
● The fan module is
abnormal.

- Off The system is not running.

USB USB Green Steady on USB-based deployment is


indicator complete.

Green Blink four The data of USB-based


every deployment is being read.
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on USB-based deployment fails.

- Off If USB-based deployment is


disabled, the system is in the
default state.

HA HA Green Steady on Management master device in


indicator hot standby or cluster
deployment.

Green Blink Management backup device in


every two hot standby or cluster
seconds deployment.
(0.5 Hz)

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 37


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Indicator Name Color Status Description

Red Steady on Hot standby or the cluster is


faulty.

- Off The hot standby or the cluster


function is disabled.

WAN WAN Reserved.


indicator

CLOUD CLOUD Green Steady on Connected to the cloud


indicator management platform.

Green Blink four Connecting to the cloud


every management platform,
second (4 transmitting or receiving data.
Hz)

- Off Not connected or registered to


the cloud management
platform.

Table 4-17 Interface description


Name Description

RST button To restart the device, press the RST button. Ensure that
the running configuration is saved before pressing the
RST button.
This button can enable you to restore the default
settings with one click. To be specific, you can hold
down the RST button for 5 seconds and then release it
to restore the default settings and restart the device.

0 to 7 (COMBO, RJ45 Combo ports. Combo ports are logic ports. One combo
+ SFP) port can work as a GE electrical interface or a GE
NOTE optical port. Each combo port has only one internal
Arrowheads show the forwarding port. When the electrical port is enabled,
positions of ports. A the optical port is disabled. When the optical port is
down arrowhead enabled, the electrical port is disabled. The electrical
indicates a port at the
and optical ports of a combo port use the same
bottom, and an up
arrowhead indicates a interface view, numbered from GigabitEthernet 0/0/0
port at the top. to GigabitEthernet 0/0/7. By default, the combo port is
used as an electrical port. You can use the combo
enable { copper | fiber } command to set the working
mode of combo ports according to network
requirements. Each optical port supports a 1 Gbit/s SFP
Optical Module.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 38


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

0 to 1 (10G, SFP+) 2 10GE Ethernet optical ports, numbered from


XGigabitEthernet 0/0/0 to XGigabitEthernet 0/0/1.
Supporting 1 Gbit/s SFP Optical Module and 10
Gbit/s SFP+ optical modules.
NOTE
By default, the ports rate are 10GE optical ports. You can run
the set device port-config-mode [ 10ge | ge ] command to
set the ports rate to 10GE or GE as required.

0 to 1 (WAN, RJ45) 2 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical ports,


numbered from WAN 0/0/0 to WAN 0/0/1.
The device is connected to the WAN or cloud
management center using a network cable.

SSD card slot The M.2 module is inserted to record logs and reports
in real time. The M.2 module is optional. You can
purchase the M.2 module as required. For details, see
Storage Devices.

USB 3.0 port USB ports allow you to insert USB 3.0 devices for
system software upgrades. For details on upgrades
through USB devices, refer to the Upgrade Guide
delivered with the device.

USB 2.0 port USB ports allow you to insert USB 2.0 devices for
system software upgrades. For details on upgrades
through USB devices, refer to the Upgrade Guide
delivered with the device.

MGMT port Out-of-band 10/100/1000M RJ45 autosensing Ethernet


management port. The interface number is METH
0/0/0 and the default IP address of the interface is
192.168.0.1.
You can connect this port to the network port or any
reachable port on a PC through a network cable. Then,
you can use Telnet to access the CLI or use a web
browser to access the web UI to configure, manage,
and maintain the USG.
NOTE
The MGMT port cannot be used as a service port.

Console port (RJ45) Console ports allow you to locally connect a PC to the
device.
You can use a console cable to connect the console
port (RJ45) on the device to the COM port on your PC
and use a serial port terminal program on your PC to
access, configure, and manage the device.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 39


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Rear Panel
Figure 4-11 illustrates the rear panel of the USG6525E, USG6555E, USG6565E,
USG6585E.

Figure 4-11 USG6525E, USG6555E, USG6565E, USG6585E rear panel

Table 4-18 Interface description

Name Description

Protective ground The M4 OT terminal connects the PGND cable to the


terminal ground point of the cabinet, workbench, or wall, or the
ground bar in equipment room.

SN The serial number that uniquely identifies the device.


When applying for a license file, you must provide the
SN of the device.

MAC The MAC address uniquely identifies the physical


address of a device and must be provided during
network forwarding configuration.

Fan module The fan module provides air flow for heat dissipation. It
is hot-swappable, but the removal duration cannot
exceed 1 minute. For details, see FAN-023A-B.

Power modules (in Provides power input and distribution for the device.
slots PWR1 and One power module is provided by default, but two
PWR2) power modules are supported to provide 1+1 power
redundancy. If two power modules are used and one
power module fails, the other can support the entire
system so that you can replace the faulty power
module without interrupting device operation.

Power Supply System


The USG6525E, USG6555E, USG6565E, USG6585E does not have a built-in power
module and requires an external PAC60S12-AR AC Power Module, or PAC60S12-
R AC power module, or PAC600S12-CB AC power module, but two power
modules are supported for 1+1 power redundancy.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 40


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Heat Dissipation System


The USG6525E, USG6555E, USG6565E, USG6585E provides a dedicated fan
module FAN-023A-B for heat dissipation.

From the front panel, the device provides a front-to-rear air flow, as shown in
Figure 4-12. The fan module locates at the air exhaust of the system.

Figure 4-12 System Air Flow

Technical Specifications
Table 4-19 lists the technical specifications of the USG6525E, USG6555E,
USG6565E, USG6585E.

Table 4-19 USG6525E, USG6555E, USG6565E, USG6585E technical specifications

Item Description

BOM ● USG6525E: 02353AFX


● USG6555E: 02353AEK
● USG6565E: 02353AEJ
● USG6585E: 02353ADA

System specifications

CPU Multi-core 1.4 GHz processor

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 41


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Memory DDR4 4 GB

Nor Flash 32 MB

NAND Flash 2 GB

Hard disk Optional. M.2 SSD (64GB or 240GB available), hot-


swappable

Dimensions and weight

Basic dimensions (Ha 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 420 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x
x Wb x D) 16.54 in., 1 U)

Maximum dimensions 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 451.5 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x


(Ha x Wb x D) 17.78 in., 1 U)

Weight 5.8 kg

Power consumption and heat consumption

Maximum power 40 W
consumption

Maximum heat 136.48 BTU/hour


consumption

Power specifications

AC model Supported. By default, one power module is provided,


but two power modules are supported. If two power
modules are used and one module fails, you can hot-
swap the faulty power module.

Rated input voltage 100 V to 240 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz


(AC)

Maximum input 90 V to 290 V, 47 Hz to 63 Hz


voltage (AC)

Heat dissipation

Fan module Hot-swappable

Number of fans 1

Air flow (hot air flow, Air inlet from front and air outlet from rear
viewed facing the
front panel)

Port density

Out-of-band 1 (RJ45)
management port

Console port 1 (RJ45)

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 42


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

USB port 1 USB3.0 + 1 USB2.0

Service ports in ● 2 10GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports


standard ● 2 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical
configuration ports (WAN)
● 8 GE Combo ports

Environment specificationsc

System MTBF 68.98


reliability (year)

MTTR 2
(hour)

Ambient temperature 0°C to 45°C

Storage ambient -40°C to 70°C


temperature

Operating ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Storage ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Altitude 0 m to 5000 m
NOTE
● a. The height is 1 U (1 U = 1.75 inches, or about 44.45 mm), which is a height unit
defined in International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 60297 standards.
● b. The width does not include the size of mounting ears.
● c. Temperature and humidity are measured 1.5 m above the floor and 0.4 m in front of
the rack when no protection plate exists before or after the rack.

4.1.6 USG6575E-B, USG6605E-B


The USG6575E-B, USG6605E-B have only AC models and no DC models and use
an integrated chassis that contains the fixed interface board, single power module,
and two fan modules. You can also add some optional modules, such as hard disk,
additional power module.

Mapping
Table 4-20 lists the mapping between the USG6575E-B, USG6605E-B hardware
and software versions.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 43


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-20 Mapping between the hardware and software versions


Model Software Version

USG6575E-B, V600R007C20 and later versions


USG6605E-B

Front Panel
Figure 4-13 illustrates the front panel of the USG6575E-B, USG6605E-B.

Figure 4-13 USG6575E-B, USG6605E-B front panel

Table 4-21 System status indicators


Indicator Name Color Status Description

PWR Power Green Steady on The power module works


indicator properly.

- Off The power module is faulty or


the power cable is
disconnected.

SYS System Green Steady on The system is being powered


indicator on or restarted.

Green Blink The system is running


every two normally.
seconds
(0.5 Hz)

Green Blink four The system is starting.


every
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on ● A system fault occurs.


● The power module is
abnormal.
● The fan module is
abnormal.

- Off The system is not running.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 44


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Indicator Name Color Status Description

USB USB Green Steady on USB-based deployment is


indicator complete.

Green Blink four The data of USB-based


every deployment is being read.
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on USB-based deployment fails.

- Off If USB-based deployment is


disabled, the system is in the
default state.

HA HA Green Steady on Management master device in


indicator hot standby.

Green Blink Management backup device in


every two hot standby.
seconds
(0.5 Hz)

Red Steady on Hot standby is faulty.

- Off The hot standby function is


disabled.

WAN WAN Reserved.


indicator

CLOUD CLOUD Green Steady on Connected to the cloud


indicator management platform.

Green Blink four Connecting to the cloud


every management platform,
second (4 transmitting or receiving data.
Hz)

- Off Not connected or registered to


the cloud management
platform.

BLE Bluetooth Reserved.


indicator

Bypass Bypass Green Steady on Device is powered on. The


indicator bypass formed by
0 GigabitEthernet0/0/20 and
GigabitEthernet0/0/21 is in
protection state.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 45


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Indicator Name Color Status Description

Green Blink Device is powered on. The


every two bypass formed by
seconds GigabitEthernet0/0/20 and
(0.5 Hz) GigabitEthernet0/0/21 is in
working state.

- Off Device is powered off. The


bypass formed by
GigabitEthernet0/0/20 and
GigabitEthernet0/0/21 is in
protection state.

Bypass Bypass Green Steady on Device is powered on. The


indicator bypass formed by
1 GigabitEthernet0/0/22 and
GigabitEthernet0/0/23 is in
protection state.

Green Blink Device is powered on. The


every two bypass formed by
seconds GigabitEthernet0/0/22 and
(0.5 Hz) GigabitEthernet0/0/23 is in
working state.

- Off Device is powered off. The


bypass formed by
GigabitEthernet0/0/22 and
GigabitEthernet0/0/23 is in
protection state.

Table 4-22 Interface description


Name Description

RST button To restart the device, press the RST button. Ensure that
the running configuration is saved before pressing the
RST button.
This button can enable you to restore the default
settings with one click. To be specific, you can hold
down the RST button for 5 seconds and then release it
to restore the default settings and restart the device.

OFL button To remove a hard disk, press and hold the OFL button
for four seconds until the OFL indicator turns on.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 46


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

HDD/SSD Hard disk slot, supporting one SSD-Sata240G-A, SSD-


Sata960G-A, or HDD-SATA1000G-A hard disk. The hard
disks are optional. You can purchase hard disk from
Huawei if needed. For details, see Hard Disk Unit SSD-
Sata240G-A, Hard Disk Unit SSD-Sata960G-A and
Hard Disk Unit HDD-SATA1000G-A.

0 to 15 (RJ45) 16 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical ports,


NOTE numbered from GigabitEthernet 0/0/0 to
Arrowheads show the GigabitEthernet 0/0/15.
positions of ports. A
down arrowhead
indicates a port at the
bottom, and an up
arrowhead indicates a
port at the top.

16 to 23 (COMBO, Combo ports. Combo ports are logic ports. One combo
RJ45 + SFP) port can work as a GE electrical port or a GE optical
port. Each combo port has only one internal forwarding
port. When the electrical port is enabled, the optical
port is disabled. When the optical port is enabled, the
electrical port is disabled. The electrical and optical
ports of a combo port use the same interface view,
numbered from GigabitEthernet 0/0/16 to
GigabitEthernet 0/0/23.
Among the four GE ports from GigabitEthernet0/0/20
to GigabitEthernet0/0/23, GigabitEthernet0/0/20 and
GigabitEthernet0/0/21 are a pair of two bypass ports,
and GigabitEthernet0/0/22 and GigabitEthernet0/0/23
are another pair. When the ports of each bypass port
pair work at Layer 2, they can form an electrical bypass
link.
By default, the combo port is used as an electrical port.
You can use the combo enable { copper | fiber }
command to set the working mode of combo ports
according to network requirements. Each optical port
supports a 1 Gbit/s SFP Optical Module.
NOTE
A bypass link can be established only when
GigabitEthernet0/0/20 to GigabitEthernet0/0/23 work as
electrical ports.

0 to 1 (10G, SFP+) 2 10GE Ethernet optical ports, numbered from


XGigabitEthernet 0/0/0 to XGigabitEthernet 0/0/1.
Supporting 10 Gbit/s SFP+ optical modules, and not
compatible with GE optical modules.

USB 3.0 port USB ports allow you to insert USB 3.0 devices for
system software upgrades. For details on upgrades
through USB devices, refer to the Upgrade Guide
delivered with the device.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 47


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

MGMT port Out-of-band 10/100/1000M RJ45 autosensing Ethernet


management port. The interface number is METH
0/0/0 and the default IP address of the interface is
192.168.0.1.
You can connect this port to the network port or any
reachable port on a PC through a network cable. Then,
you can use Telnet to access the CLI or use a web
browser to access the web UI to configure, manage,
and maintain the USG.
NOTE
The MGMT port cannot be used as a service port.

Console port (RJ45) Console ports allow you to locally connect a PC to the
device.
You can use a console cable to connect the console
port (RJ45) on the device to the COM port on your PC
and use a serial port terminal program on your PC to
access, configure, and manage the device.

Rear Panel
Figure 4-14 illustrates the rear panel of the USG6575E-B, USG6605E-B.

Figure 4-14 USG6575E-B, USG6605E-B rear panel

Table 4-23 Interface description


Name Description

Protective ground The M4 OT terminal connects the PGND cable to the


terminal ground point of the cabinet, workbench, or wall, or the
ground bar in equipment room.

SN The serial number that uniquely identifies the device.


When applying for a license file, you must provide the
SN of the device.

MAC The MAC address uniquely identifies the physical


address of a device and must be provided during
network forwarding configuration.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 48


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

Fan module The fan module provides air flow for heat dissipation. It
is hot-swappable, but the removal duration cannot
exceed 1 minute. For details, see FAN-023A-B.

Power modules (in Provides power input and distribution for the device.
slots PWR1 and One power module is provided by default, but two
PWR2) power modules are supported to provide 1+1 power
redundancy. If two power modules are used and one
power module fails, the other can support the entire
system so that you can replace the faulty power
module without interrupting device operation. For
details, see PAC150S12-R AC Power Module.

Power Supply System


The USG6575E-B, USG6605E-B does not have a built-in power module and
requires an external PAC150S12-R AC Power Module, but two power modules
are supported for 1+1 power redundancy.

Heat Dissipation System


The USG6575E-B, USG6605E-B has two FAN-023A-B fan modules for 1+1 heat
dissipation redundancy.
From the front panel, the device provides a front-to-rear air flow, as shown in
Figure 4-15. The fan module locates at the air exhaust of the system.

Figure 4-15 System Air Flow

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 49


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Technical Specifications
Table 4-24 lists the technical specifications of the USG6575E-B, USG6605E-B.

Table 4-24 USG6575E-B, USG6605E-B technical specifications

Item Description

BOM ● USG6575E-B: 02353LKD


● USG6605E-B: 02353PSK

System specifications

CPU Multi-core 1.4 GHz processor

Memory 8 GB

Nor Flash 64 MB

NAND Flash 2 GB

Hard disk Optional. You can purchase a 2.5-inch SATA hard disk
(240 GB/960 GB/1000 GB) from Huawei based on the
site requirements. The hard disk is hot swappable.

Dimensions and weight

Basic dimensions (Ha 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 420 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x
x Wb x D) 16.54 in., 1 U)

Maximum dimensions 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 451.5 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x


(Ha x Wb x D) 17.78 in., 1 U)

Weight 6.2 kg

Power consumption and heat consumption

Maximum power 76.9 W


consumption

Maximum heat 262.38 BTU/hour


consumption

Power specifications

AC model Supported. By default, one power module is provided,


but two power modules are supported. If two power
modules are used and one module fails, you can hot-
swap the faulty power module.

Rated input voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC (50 Hz/60 Hz)


range

Maximum input 90 V AC to 264 V AC (47 Hz to 63 Hz)


voltage range

Maximum input 3A
current

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 50


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Rated output voltage 12 V DC

Maximum output 11.64 V DC to 12.36 V DC


voltage range

Maximum output 12.5 A


current

Maximum output 150 W


power

Heat dissipation

Fan module Supported, hot-swappable

Number of fans 2

Air flow (hot air flow, Air inlet from front and air outlet from rear
viewed facing the
front panel)

Port density

Out-of-band 1 (RJ45)
management port

Console port 1 (RJ45)

USB port 1 USB3.0

Service ports in ● 2 10GE Ethernet optical ports


standard ● 16 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical
configuration ports
● 8 GE Combo ports

Expansion slot None

Environment specificationsc

System MTBF 65.37


reliability (year)

MTTR 2
(hour)

Ambient temperature Without hard disk driver: 0°C to 45°C


With hard disk driverd: 5°C to 40°C

Storage ambient -40°C to 70°C


temperature

Operating ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 51


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Storage ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Altitude Without hard disk driver: 0 m to 5000 m


With hard disk driver: 0 m to 3000 m
NOTE
● a. The height is 1 U (1 U = 1.75 inches, or about 44.45 mm), which is a height unit
defined in International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 60297 standards.
● b. The width does not include the size of mounting ears.
● c. Temperature and humidity are measured 1.5 m above the floor and 0.4 m in front of
the rack when no protection plate exists before or after the rack.
● d. The ambient temperature change rate of a device with hard disk driver is less than or
equal to 20°C per hour.

4.1.7 USG6615E, USG6625E


The USG6615E, USG6625E have only AC models and no DC models and use an
integrated chassis that contains the fixed ports, single power modules, and three
fan modules. You can also add some optional modules, such as hard disk,
additional power module.

Mapping
Table 4-25 lists the mapping between the USG6615E, USG6625E hardware and
software versions.

Table 4-25 Mapping between the hardware and software versions


Model Software Version

USG6615E, USG6625E V600R007C00 and later versions

Front Panel
Figure 4-16 illustrates the front panel of the USG6615E, USG6625E.

Figure 4-16 USG6615E, USG6625E front panel

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 52


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-26 System status indicators


Indicator Name Color Status Description

PWR Power Green Steady on The power module works


indicator properly.

- Off The power module is faulty or


the power cable is
disconnected.

SYS System Green Steady on The system is being powered


indicator on or restarted.

Green Blink The system is running


every two normally.
seconds
(0.5 Hz)

Green Blink four The system is starting.


every
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on ● A system fault occurs.


● The power module is
abnormal.
● The fan module is
abnormal.

- Off The system is not running.

USB USB Green Steady on USB-based deployment is


indicator complete.

Green Blink four The data of USB-based


every deployment is being read.
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on USB-based deployment fails.

- Off If USB-based deployment is


disabled, the system is in the
default state.

HA HA Green Steady on Management master device in


indicator hot standby or cluster
deployment.

Green Blink Management backup device in


every two hot standby or cluster
seconds deployment.
(0.5 Hz)

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 53


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Indicator Name Color Status Description

Red Steady on Hot standby or the cluster is


faulty.

- Off The hot standby or the cluster


function is disabled.

WAN WAN Reserved.


indicator

CLOUD CLOUD Green Steady on Connected to the cloud


indicator management platform.

Green Blink four Connecting to the cloud


every management platform,
second (4 transmitting or receiving data.
Hz)

- Off Not connected or registered to


the cloud management
platform.

Table 4-27 Interface description

Name Description

RST button To restart the device, press the RST button. Ensure that
the running configuration is saved before pressing the
RST button.
This button can enable you to restore the default
settings with one click. To be specific, you can hold
down the RST button for 5 seconds and then release it
to restore the default settings and restart the device.

OFL button To remove a hard disk, press and hold the OFL button
for four seconds until the OFL indicator turns on.

HDD/SSD Hard disk slot, supporting one SSD-Sata240G-A, or


SSD-Sata960G-A, or HDD-SATA1000G-A hard disk. The
hard disks are optional. You can purchase hard disk
from Huawei if needed. For details, see Hard Disk Unit
SSD-Sata240G-A, Hard Disk Unit SSD-Sata960G-A
and Hard Disk Unit HDD-SATA1000G-A.

0 to 15 (RJ45) 16 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical ports,


NOTE numbered from GigabitEthernet 0/0/0 to
Arrowheads show the GigabitEthernet 0/0/15.
positions of ports. A
down arrowhead
indicates a port at the
bottom, and an up
arrowhead indicates a
port at the top.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 54


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

16 to 21 (SFP) 6 GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports, numbered


from GigabitEthernet0/0/16 to GigabitEthernet0/0/21.
1 Gbit/s eSFP Optical Modules is supported.

0 to 5 (10G, SFP+) 6 10GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports, numbered


from XGigabitEthernet0/0/0 to XGigabitEthernet0/0/5.
GE Ethernet optical ports are compatible, and 1 Gbit/s
eSFP Optical Modules and 10 Gbit/s SFP+ Optical
Modules are supported.

USB 2.0 port USB ports allow you to insert USB 2.0 devices for
system software upgrades. For details on upgrades
through USB devices, refer to the Upgrade Guide
delivered with the device.

MGMT port Out-of-band 10/100/1000M RJ45 autosensing Ethernet


management port. The interface number is METH
0/0/0 and the default IP address of the interface is
192.168.0.1.
You can connect this port to the network port or any
reachable port on a PC through a network cable. Then,
you can use Telnet to access the CLI or use a web
browser to access the web UI to configure, manage,
and maintain the USG.
NOTE
The MGMT port cannot be used as a service port.

Console port (RJ45) Console ports allow you to locally connect a PC to the
device.
You can use a console cable to connect the console
port (RJ45) on the device to the COM port on your PC
and use a serial port terminal program on your PC to
access, configure, and manage the device.

Rear Panel
Figure 4-17 illustrates the rear panel of the USG6615E, USG6625E.

Figure 4-17 USG6615E, USG6625E rear panel

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 55


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-28 Interface description


Name Description

Protective ground The M4 OT terminal connects the PGND cable to the


terminal ground point of the cabinet, workbench, or wall, or the
ground bar in equipment room.

SN The serial number that uniquely identifies the device.


When applying for a license file, you must provide the
SN of the device.

MAC The MAC address uniquely identifies the physical


address of a device and must be provided during
network forwarding configuration.

Fan module The fan module provides air flow for heat dissipation. It
is hot-swappable, but the removal duration cannot
exceed 1 minute. For details, see FAN-023A-B.

Power modules (in Provides power input and distribution for the device.
slots PWR1 and One power module is provided by default, but two
PWR2) power modules are supported to provide 1+1 power
redundancy. If two power modules are used and one
power module fails, the other can support the entire
system so that you can replace the faulty power
module without interrupting device operation. For
details, see PAC600S12-CB AC Power Module.

Power Supply System


The USG6615E, USG6625E does not have a built-in power module and requires an
external PAC600S12-CB AC power modules, but two power modules are
supported for 1+1 power redundancy.

Heat Dissipation System


The USG6615E, USG6625E has three FAN-023A-B fan modules for 2+1 heat
dissipation redundancy.
From the front panel, the device provides a front-to-rear air flow, as shown in
Figure 4-18. The fan module locates at the air exhaust of the system.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 56


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Figure 4-18 System Air Flow

Technical Specifications
Table 4-29 lists the technical specifications of the USG6615E, USG6625E.

Table 4-29 USG6615E, USG6625E technical specifications


Item Description

BOM ● USG6615E: 02352RQL


● USG6625E: 02352RQN

System specifications

CPU Multi-core 1.85 GHz processor

Memory DDR4 8 GB x 2

Nor Flash 64 MB

NandFlash 2 GB

Hard disk Optional. You can purchase a 2.5-inch SATA hard disk
(240 GB/960 GB/1000 GB) from Huawei based on the
site requirements. The hard disk is hot swappable.

Dimensions and weight

Basic dimensions (Ha 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 420 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x
x Wb x D) 16.54 in., 1 U)

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 57


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Maximum dimensions 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 444 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x


(Ha x Wb x D) 17.48 in., 1 U)

Weight 6.5 kg

Power consumption and heat consumption

Maximum power 118 W


consumption

Maximum heat 402.62 BTU/hour


consumption

Power specifications

AC model Supported. By default, one power module is provided,


but two power modules are supported. If two power
modules are used and one module fails, you can hot-
swap the faulty power module.

Rated input voltage 100 V to 240 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz


(AC)

Maximum input 90 V to 290 V, 47 Hz to 63 Hz


voltage (AC)

Maximum input 8A
current (AC)

Maximum output 600 W


power (AC)

Heat dissipation

Fan module Supported, hot-swappable

Number of fans 3

Air flow (hot air flow, Air inlet from front and air outlet from rear
viewed facing the
front panel)

Port density

Out-of-band 1 (RJ45)
management port

Console port 1 (RJ45)

USB2.0 port 1

Service ports in ● 16 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical


standard ports
configuration ● 6 GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports
● 6 10GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 58


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Environment specificationsc

System MTBF 37.76


reliability (year)

MTTR 2
(hour)

Ambient temperature Without hard disk driver: 0°C to 45°C


With hard disk driverd: 5°C to 40°C

Storage ambient -40°C to 70°C


temperature

Operating ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Storage ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Altitude Without hard disk driver: 0 m to 5000 m


With hard disk driver: 0 m to 3000 m
NOTE
● a. The height is 1 U (1 U = 1.75 inches, or about 44.45 mm), which is a height unit
defined in International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 60297 standards.
● b. The width does not include the size of mounting ears.
● c. Temperature and humidity are measured 1.5 m above the floor and 0.4 m in front of
the rack when no protection plate exists before or after the rack.
● d. The ambient temperature change rate of a device with hard disk driver is less than or
equal to 20°C per hour.

4.1.8 USG6630E
The USG6630E has both AC and DC models and uses an integrated chassis that
contains the ports, two power modules, and three fan modules. You can add hard
disk to the USG6630E.

Mapping
Table 4-30 lists the mapping between the USG6630E hardware and software
versions.

Table 4-30 Mapping between the hardware and software versions

Model Software Version

USG6630E V600R006C00 and later versions

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 59


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Front Panel
Figure 4-19 illustrates the front panel of the USG6630E.

Figure 4-19 USG6630E front panel

Table 4-31 System status indicators

Indicator Name Color Status Description

PWR Power Green Steady on The power module works


indicator properly.

- Off The power module is faulty or


the power cable is
disconnected.

SYS System Green Steady on The system is being powered


indicator on or restarted.

Green Blink The system is running


every two normally.
seconds
(0.5 Hz)

Green Blink four The system is starting.


every
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on ● A system fault occurs.


● The power module is
abnormal.
● The fan module is
abnormal.

- Off The system is not running.

USB USB Green Steady on USB-based deployment is


indicator complete.

Green Blink four The data of USB-based


every deployment is being read.
second (4
Hz)

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 60


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Indicator Name Color Status Description

Red Steady on USB-based deployment fails.

- Off If USB-based deployment is


disabled, the system is in the
default state.

HA HA Green Steady on Management master device in


indicator hot standby or cluster
deployment.

Green Blink Management backup device in


every two hot standby or cluster
seconds deployment.
(0.5 Hz)

Red Steady on Hot standby or the cluster is


faulty.

- Off The hot standby or the cluster


function is disabled.

WAN WAN Reserved.


indicator

CLOUD CLOUD Green Steady on Connected to the cloud


indicator management platform.

Green Blink four Connecting to the cloud


every management platform,
second (4 transmitting or receiving data.
Hz)

- Off Not connected or registered to


the cloud management
platform.

Table 4-32 Interface description


Name Description

RST button To restart the device, press the RST button. Ensure that
the running configuration is saved before pressing the
RST button.
This button can enable you to restore the default
settings with one click. To be specific, you can hold
down the RST button for 5 seconds and then release it
to restore the default settings and restart the device.

OFL button To remove a hard disk, press and hold the OFL button
for four seconds until the OFL indicator turns on.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 61


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

HDD/SSD Hard disk slot, supporting one HDD-SATA1000G-A or


SSD-Sata240G-A hard disk. The hard disks are optional.
You can purchase hard disk from Huawei if needed. For
details, see Hard Disk Unit HDD-SATA1000G-A and
Hard Disk Unit SSD-Sata240G-A.

0 to 11 (RJ45) 12 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical ports,


NOTE numbered from GigabitEthernet 0/0/0 to
Arrowheads show the GigabitEthernet 0/0/11.
positions of ports. A
down arrowhead
indicates a port at the
bottom, and an up
arrowhead indicates a
port at the top.

0 to 11 (10G, SFP+) 12 10GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports, numbered


from XGigabitEthernet0/0/0 to XGigabitEthernet0/0/11.
Compatible with GE Ethernet optical ports and
supporting 1 Gbit/s SFP Optical/Electrical Modules, 1
Gbit/s eSFP Optical Modules and 10 Gbit/s SFP+
Optical Modules.

0 to 1 (40G, QSFP+) Two 40GE Ethernet optical ports, numbered from


40GE0/0/0 to 40GE0/0/1. 40 Gbit/s QSFP+ Optical
Modules is supported.

USB 3.0 port USB ports allow you to insert USB 3.0 devices for
system software upgrades. For details on upgrades
through USB devices, refer to the Upgrade Guide
delivered with the device.

MGMT port Out-of-band 10/100/1000M RJ45 autosensing Ethernet


management port. The interface number is METH
0/0/0 and the default IP address of the interface is
192.168.0.1.
You can connect this port to the network port or any
reachable port on a PC through a network cable. Then,
you can use Telnet to access the CLI or use a web
browser to access the web UI or use ATIC to configure,
manage, and maintain the USG.
NOTE
The MGMT port cannot be used as a service port.

Console port (RJ45) Console ports allow you to locally connect a PC to the
device.
You can use a console cable to connect the console
port (RJ45) on the device to the COM port on your PC
and use a serial port terminal program on your PC to
access, configure, and manage the device.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 62


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Rear Panel
Figure 4-20 illustrates the rear panel of the USG6630E.

Figure 4-20 USG6630E rear panel

Table 4-33 Interface description

Name Description

Protective ground The M4 OT terminal connects the PGND cable to the


terminal ground point of the cabinet, workbench, or wall, or the
ground bar in equipment room.

SN The serial number that uniquely identifies the device.


When applying for a license file, you must provide the
SN of the device.

MAC The MAC address uniquely identifies the physical


address of a device and must be provided during
network forwarding configuration.

Fan module The fan module provides air flow for heat dissipation. It
is hot-swappable, but the removal duration cannot
exceed 1 minute. For details, see FAN-023A-B.

Power modules (in Provides power input and distribution for the device.
slots PWR1 and Two DC or AC power modules are mandatory to
PWR2) provide 1+1 power redundancy. If one power module
fails, the other can support the entire system so that
you can replace the faulty power module without
interrupting device operation. For details, see
PAC600S12-B AC Power Module or PDC350S12-B DC
Power Module.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 63


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Power Supply System


The USG6630E has two PAC600S12-B AC power modules or PDC350S12-B DC
power modules for 1+1 power redundancy.

Heat Dissipation System


The USG6630E has three FAN-023A-B fan modules for 2+1 heat dissipation
redundancy.

From the front panel, the device provides a front-to-rear air flow, as shown in
Figure 4-21. The fan module locates at the air exhaust of the system.

Figure 4-21 Technical Specifications

Technical Specifications
Table 4-34 lists the technical specifications of the USG6630E.

Table 4-34 USG6630E technical specifications

Item Description

BOM ● USG6630E-AC: 02352FQA


● USG6630E-DC: 02352CKV

System specifications

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 64


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

CPU Multi-core 2.3 GHz processor

Memory DDR4 16 GB

Flash 32 MB

Storage 32 GB

Hard disk Optional. You can purchase a 2.5-inch SATA hard disk
(240 GB/1000 GB) from Huawei based on the site
requirements. The hard disk is hot swappable.

Dimensions and weight

Basic dimensions (Ha 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 420 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x
x Wb x D) 16.54 in., 1 U)

Maximum dimensions 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 444 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x


(Ha x Wb x D) 17.48 in., 1 U)

Weight 7.6 kg

Power consumption and heat consumption

Maximum power ● USG6630E-AC: 195.8 W


consumption ● USG6630E-DC: 177.0 W

Maximum heat ● USG6630E-AC: 668.07 BTU/hour


consumption ● USG6630E-DC: 603.92 BTU/hour

Power specifications

AC model Supported, 1+1 power redundancy, hot-swappable

Rated input voltage 100 V to 240 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz


(AC)

Maximum input 90 V to 290 V, 47 Hz to 63 Hz


voltage (AC)

Maximum input 9A
current (AC)

Maximum output 600 W


power (AC)

DC model Supported, 1+1 power redundancy, hot-swappable

Rated input voltage -48 V to -60 V


(DC)

Maximum input -38.4 V to -72 V


voltage (DC)

Maximum input 11 A
current (DC)

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 65


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Maximum output 350 W


power

Heat dissipation

Fan module Supported, hot-swappable

Number of fans 3

Air flow (hot air flow, Air inlet from front and air outlet from rear
viewed facing the
front panel)

Port density

Out-of-band 1 (RJ45)
management port

Console port 1 (RJ45)

USB3.0 port 1

Service ports in ● 12 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical


standard ports
configuration ● 12 10GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports
● 2 40GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports

Environment specificationsc

System MTBF 29.34


reliability (year)

MTTR 2
(hour)

Ambient temperature Without hard disk driver: 0°C to 45°C


With hard disk driverd: 5°C to 40°C

Storage ambient -40°C to 70°C


temperature

Operating ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Storage ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Altitude Without hard disk driver: 0 m to 5000 m


With hard disk driver: 0 m to 3000 m

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 66


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description
NOTE
● a. The height is 1 U (1 U = 1.75 inches, or about 44.45 mm), which is a height unit
defined in International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 60297 standards.
● b. The width does not include the size of mounting ears.
● c. Temperature and humidity are measured 1.5 m above the floor and 0.4 m in front of
the rack when no protection plate exists before or after the rack.
● d. The ambient temperature change rate of a device with hard disk driver is less than or
equal to 20°C per hour.

4.1.9 USG6635E
The USG6635E has both AC and DC models and uses an integrated chassis that
contains the ports, two power modules, and four fan modules. You can add hard
disk to the USG6635E.

Mapping
Table 4-35 lists the mapping between the USG6635E hardware and software
versions.

Table 4-35 Mapping between the hardware and software versions

Model Software Version

USG6635E-DC V600R007C20 and later versions

USG6635E-AC V600R007C00 and later versions

Front Panel
Figure 4-22 illustrates the front panel of the USG6635E.

Figure 4-22 USG6635E front panel

Table 4-36 System status indicators

Indicator Name Color Status Description

PWR Power Green Steady on The power module works


indicator properly.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 67


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Indicator Name Color Status Description

- Off The power module is faulty or


the power cable is
disconnected.

SYS System Green Steady on The system is being powered


indicator on or restarted.

Green Blink The system is running


every two normally.
seconds
(0.5 Hz)

Green Blink four The system is starting.


every
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on ● A system fault occurs.


● The power module is
abnormal.
● The fan module is
abnormal.

- Off The system is not running.

USB USB Green Steady on USB-based deployment is


indicator complete.

Green Blink four The data of USB-based


every deployment is being read.
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on USB-based deployment fails.

- Off If USB-based deployment is


disabled, the system is in the
default state.

HA HA Green Steady on Management master device in


indicator hot standby or cluster
deployment.

Green Blink Management backup device in


every two hot standby or cluster
seconds deployment.
(0.5 Hz)

Red Steady on Hot standby or the cluster is


faulty.

- Off The hot standby or the cluster


function is disabled.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 68


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Indicator Name Color Status Description

WAN WAN Reserved.


indicator

CLOUD CLOUD Green Steady on Connected to the cloud


indicator management platform.

Green Blink four Connecting to the cloud


every management platform,
second (4 transmitting or receiving data.
Hz)

- Off Not connected or registered to


the cloud management
platform.

Table 4-37 Interface description


Name Description

RST button To restart the device, press the RST button. Ensure that
the running configuration is saved before pressing the
RST button.
This button can enable you to restore the default
settings with one click. To be specific, you can hold
down the RST button for 5 seconds and then release it
to restore the default settings and restart the device.

OFL button To remove a hard disk, press and hold the OFL button
for four seconds until the OFL indicator turns on.

HDD/SSD Hard disk slot, supporting one SSD-Sata240G-A, or


SSD-Sata960G-A, or HDD-SATA1000G-A hard disk. The
hard disks are optional. You can purchase hard disk
from Huawei if needed. For details, see Hard Disk Unit
SSD-Sata240G-A, Hard Disk Unit SSD-Sata960G-A
and Hard Disk Unit HDD-SATA1000G-A.

0 to 15 (RJ45) 16 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical ports,


NOTE numbered from GigabitEthernet 0/0/0 to
Arrowheads show the GigabitEthernet 0/0/15.
positions of ports. A
down arrowhead
indicates a port at the
bottom, and an up
arrowhead indicates a
port at the top.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 69


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

0 to 11 (10G, SFP+) 12 10GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports, numbered


from XGigabitEthernet0/0/0 to XGigabitEthernet0/0/11.
Compatible with GE Ethernet optical ports and
supporting 1 Gbit/s SFP Optical/Electrical Modules, 1
Gbit/s eSFP Optical Modules and 10 Gbit/s SFP+
Optical Modules.
When 40GE0/0/1 optical port on the device is enabled,
the 10GE optical ports numbered from
XGigabitEthernet0/0/8 to XGigabitEthernet0/0/11
cannot be used.

0 to 1 (40G, QSFP+) Two 40GE Ethernet optical ports, numbered from


40GE0/0/0 to 40GE0/0/1. 40 Gbit/s QSFP+ Optical
Modules is supported.
By default, the 40GE0/0/1 optical port mode is
disabled. To enable this mode, run the set device port-
config-mode 40g-port enable command.

USB 2.0 port USB ports allow you to insert USB 2.0 devices for
system software upgrades. For details on upgrades
through USB devices, refer to the Upgrade Guide
delivered with the device.

MGMT port Out-of-band 10/100/1000M RJ45 autosensing Ethernet


management port. The interface number is METH
0/0/0 and the default IP address of the interface is
192.168.0.1.
You can connect this port to the network port or any
reachable port on a PC through a network cable. Then,
you can use Telnet to access the CLI or use a web
browser to access the web UI to configure, manage,
and maintain the USG.
NOTE
The MGMT port cannot be used as a service port.

Console port (RJ45) Console ports allow you to locally connect a PC to the
device.
You can use a console cable to connect the console
port (RJ45) on the device to the COM port on your PC
and use a serial port terminal program on your PC to
access, configure, and manage the device.

Rear Panel
Figure 4-23 illustrates the rear panel of the USG6635E.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 70


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Figure 4-23 USG6635E rear panel

Table 4-38 Interface description

Name Description

Protective ground The M4 OT terminal connects the PGND cable to the


terminal ground point of the cabinet, workbench, or wall, or the
ground bar in equipment room.

SN The serial number that uniquely identifies the device.


When applying for a license file, you must provide the
SN of the device.

MAC The MAC address uniquely identifies the physical


address of a device and must be provided during
network forwarding configuration.

Fan modules The fan module provides air flow for heat dissipation. It
is hot-swappable, but the removal duration cannot
exceed 1 minute. For details, see FAN-023A-B.

Power modules (in Provides power input and distribution for the device.
slots PWR1 and Two DC or AC power modules are mandatory to
PWR2) provide 1+1 power redundancy. If one power module
fails, the other can support the entire system so that
you can replace the faulty power module without
interrupting device operation. For details, see
PAC600S12-CB AC Power Module or PDC1000S12-CB
DC Power Module.

Power Supply System


The USG6635E has two PAC600S12-CB AC power modules or PDC1000S12-CB
DC Power Modules for 1+1 power redundancy.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 71


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Heat Dissipation System


The USG6635E has four FAN-023A-B fan modules for 3+1 heat dissipation
redundancy.

From the front panel, the device provides a front-to-rear air flow, as shown in
Figure 4-24. The fan module locates at the air exhaust of the system.

Figure 4-24 System Air Flow

Technical Specifications
Table 4-39 lists the technical specifications of the USG6635E.

Table 4-39 USG6635E technical specifications

Item Description

BOM ● USG6635E-AC: 02352RQD


● USG6635E-DC: 02352RQE

System specifications

CPU Multi-core 1.85 GHz processor

Memory DDR4 8 GB x 4

Nor Flash 64 MB

NAND Flash 2 GB

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 72


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Hard disk Optional. You can purchase a 2.5-inch SATA hard disk
(240 GB/960 GB/1000 GB) from Huawei based on the
site requirements. The hard disk is hot swappable.

Dimensions and weight

Basic dimensions (Ha 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 420 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x
x Wb x D) 16.54 in., 1 U)

Maximum dimensions 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 444 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x


(Ha x Wb x D) 17.48 in., 1 U)

Weight ● USG6635E-AC: 7.75 kg


● USG6635E-DC: 7.4 kg

Power consumption and heat consumption

Maximum power ● USG6635E-AC: 156 W


consumption ● USG6635E-DC: 169.7 W

Maximum heat ● USG6635E-AC: 532.27 BTU/hour


consumption ● USG6635E-DC: 579.02 BTU/hour

Power specifications

AC model Supported, 1+1 power redundancy, hot-swappable

Rated input voltage 100 V to 240 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz


(AC)

Maximum input 90 V to 290 V, 47 Hz to 63 Hz


voltage (AC)

Maximum input 8A
current (AC)

Maximum output 600 W


power (AC)

DC model Supported, 1+1 power redundancy, hot-swappable

Rated input voltage -48 V to -60 V


(DC)

Maximum input -38.4 V to -72 V


voltage (DC)

Maximum input 35 A
current (DC)

Maximum output 1000 W


power(DC)

Heat dissipation

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 73


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Fan module Supported, hot-swappable

Number of fans 4

Air flow (hot air flow, Air inlet from front and air outlet from rear
viewed facing the
front panel)

Port density

Out-of-band 1 (RJ45)
management port

Console port 1 (RJ45)

USB2.0 port 1

Service ports in ● 16 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical


standard ports
configuration ● 12 10GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports
● 2 40GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports

Environment specificationsc

System MTBF 31.63


reliability (year)

MTTR 2
(hour)

Ambient temperature Without hard disk driver: 0°C to 45°C


With hard disk driverd: 5°C to 40°C

Storage ambient -40°C to 70°C


temperature

Operating ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Storage ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Altitude Without hard disk driver: 0 m to 5000 m


With hard disk driver: 0 m to 3000 m
NOTE
● a. The height is 1 U (1 U = 1.75 inches, or about 44.45 mm), which is a height unit
defined in International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 60297 standards.
● b. The width does not include the size of mounting ears.
● c. Temperature and humidity are measured 1.5 m above the floor and 0.4 m in front of
the rack when no protection plate exists before or after the rack.
● d. The ambient temperature change rate of a device with hard disk driver is less than or
equal to 20°C per hour.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 74


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

4.1.10 USG6650E
The USG6650E has only AC models and no DC models and uses an integrated
chassis that contains the fixed ports, two power modules, and three fan modules.
You can add hard disk to the USG6650E.

Mapping
Table 4-40 lists the mapping between the USG6650E hardware and software
versions.

Table 4-40 Mapping between the hardware and software versions


Model Software Version

USG6650E V600R006C00 and later versions

Front Panel
Figure 4-25 illustrates the front panel of the USG6650E.

Figure 4-25 USG6650E front panel

Table 4-41 System status indicators


Indicator Name Color Status Description

PWR Power Green Steady on The power module works


indicator properly.

- Off The power module is faulty or


the power cable is
disconnected.

SYS System Green Steady on The system is being powered


indicator on or restarted.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 75


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Indicator Name Color Status Description

Green Blink The system is running


every two normally.
seconds
(0.5 Hz)

Green Blink four The system is starting.


every
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on ● A system fault occurs.


● The power module is
abnormal.
● The fan module is
abnormal.

- Off The system is not running.

USB USB Green Steady on USB-based deployment is


indicator complete.

Green Blink four The data of USB-based


every deployment is being read.
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on USB-based deployment fails.

- Off If USB-based deployment is


disabled, the system is in the
default state.

HA HA Green Steady on Management master device in


indicator hot standby or cluster
deployment.

Green Blink Management backup device in


every two hot standby or cluster
seconds deployment.
(0.5 Hz)

Red Steady on Hot standby or the cluster is


faulty.

- Off The hot standby or the cluster


function is disabled.

WAN WAN Reserved.


indicator

CLOUD CLOUD Green Steady on Connected to the cloud


indicator management platform.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 76


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Indicator Name Color Status Description

Green Blink four Connecting to the cloud


every management platform,
second (4 transmitting or receiving data.
Hz)

- Off Not connected or registered to


the cloud management
platform.

Table 4-42 Interface description


Name Description

RST button To restart the device, press the RST button. Ensure that
the running configuration is saved before pressing the
RST button.
This button can enable you to restore the default
settings with one click. To be specific, you can hold
down the RST button for 5 seconds and then release it
to restore the default settings and restart the device.

OFL button To remove a hard disk, press and hold the OFL button
for four seconds until the OFL indicator turns on.

HDD/SSD Hard disk slot, supporting one HDD-SATA1000G-A or


SSD-Sata240G-A hard disk. The hard disks are optional.
You can purchase hard disk from Huawei if needed. For
details, see Hard Disk Unit HDD-SATA1000G-A and
Hard Disk Unit SSD-Sata240G-A.

0 to 11 (RJ45) 12 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical ports,


NOTE numbered from GigabitEthernet 0/0/0 to
Arrowheads show the GigabitEthernet 0/0/11.
positions of ports. A
down arrowhead
indicates a port at the
bottom, and an up
arrowhead indicates a
port at the top.

0 to 11 (10G, SFP+) 12 10GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports, numbered


from XGigabitEthernet0/0/0 to XGigabitEthernet0/0/11.
Compatible with GE Ethernet optical ports and
supporting 1 Gbit/s SFP Optical/Electrical Modules, 1
Gbit/s eSFP Optical Modules and 10 Gbit/s SFP+
Optical Modules.

0 to 1 (40G, QSFP+) Two 40GE Ethernet optical ports, numbered from


40GE0/0/0 to 40GE0/0/1. 40 Gbit/s QSFP+ Optical
Modules is supported.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 77


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

USB 3.0 port USB ports allow you to insert USB 3.0 devices for
system software upgrades. For details on upgrades
through USB devices, refer to the Upgrade Guide
delivered with the device.

MGMT port Out-of-band 10/100/1000M RJ45 autosensing Ethernet


management port. The interface number is METH
0/0/0 and the default IP address of the interface is
192.168.0.1.
You can connect this port to the network port or any
reachable port on a PC through a network cable. Then,
you can use Telnet to access the CLI or use a web
browser to access the web UI or use ATIC to configure,
manage, and maintain the USG.
NOTE
The MGMT port cannot be used as a service port.

Console port (RJ45) Console ports allow you to locally connect a PC to the
device.
You can use a console cable to connect the console
port (RJ45) on the device to the COM port on your PC
and use a serial port terminal program on your PC to
access, configure, and manage the device.

Rear Panel
Figure 4-26 illustrates the rear panel of the USG6650E.

Figure 4-26 USG6650E rear panel

Table 4-43 Interface description


Name Description

Protective ground The M4 OT terminal connects the PGND cable to the


terminal ground point of the cabinet, workbench, or wall, or the
ground bar in equipment room.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 78


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

SN The serial number that uniquely identifies the device.


When applying for a license file, you must provide the
SN of the device.

MAC The MAC address uniquely identifies the physical


address of a device and must be provided during
network forwarding configuration.

Fan module The fan module provides air flow for heat dissipation. It
is hot-swappable, but the removal duration cannot
exceed 1 minute. For details, see FAN-023A-B.

Power modules (in Provides power input and distribution for the device.
slots PWR1 and Two AC power modules are mandatory to provide 1+1
PWR2) power redundancy. If one power module fails, the other
can support the entire system so that you can replace
the faulty power module without interrupting device
operation. For details, see PAC600S12-B AC Power
Module.

Power Supply System


The USG6650E has two PAC600S12-B AC power modules for 1+1 power
redundancy.

Heat Dissipation System


The USG6650E has three FAN-023A-B fan modules for 2+1 heat dissipation
redundancy.
From the front panel, the device provides a front-to-rear air flow, as shown in
Figure 4-27. The fan module locates at the air exhaust of the system.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 79


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Figure 4-27 System Air Flow

Technical Specifications
Table 4-44 lists the technical specifications of the USG6650E.

Table 4-44 USG6650E technical specifications

Item Description

BOM 02351YRY

System specifications

CPU Multi-core 2.3 GHz processor

Memory DDR4 16 GB

Flash 32 MB

Storage 32 GB

Hard disk Optional. You can purchase a 2.5-inch SATA hard disk
(240 GB/1000 GB) from Huawei based on the site
requirements. The hard disk is hot swappable.

Dimensions and weight

Basic dimensions (Ha 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 420 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x
x Wb x D) 16.54 in., 1 U)

Maximum dimensions 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 444 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x


(Ha x Wb x D) 17.48 in., 1 U)

Weight 7.6 kg

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 80


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Power consumption and heat consumption

Maximum power 195.8 W


consumption

Maximum heat 668.07 BTU/hour


consumption

Power specifications

AC model Supported, 1+1 power redundancy, hot-swappable

Rated input voltage 100 V to 240 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz


(AC)

Maximum input 90 V to 290 V, 47 Hz to 63 Hz


voltage (AC)

Maximum input 9A
current (AC)

Maximum output 600 W


power (AC)

Heat dissipation

Fan module Supported, hot-swappable

Number of fans 3

Air flow (hot air flow, Air inlet from front and air outlet from rear
viewed facing the
front panel)

Port density

Out-of-band 1 (RJ45)
management port

Console port 1 (RJ45)

USB3.0 port 1

Service ports in ● 12 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical


standard ports
configuration ● 12 10GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports
● 2 40GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports

Environment specificationsc

System MTBF 29.34


reliability (year)

MTTR 2
(hour)

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 81


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Ambient temperature Without hard disk driver: 0°C to 45°C


With hard disk driverd: 5°C to 40°C

Storage ambient -40°C to 70°C


temperature

Operating ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Storage ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Altitude Without hard disk driver: 0 m to 5000 m


With hard disk driver: 0 m to 3000 m
NOTE
● a. The height is 1 U (1 U = 1.75 inches, or about 44.45 mm), which is a height unit
defined in International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 60297 standards.
● b. The width does not include the size of mounting ears.
● c. Temperature and humidity are measured 1.5 m above the floor and 0.4 m in front of
the rack when no protection plate exists before or after the rack.
● d. The ambient temperature change rate of a device with hard disk driver is less than or
equal to 20°C per hour.

4.1.11 USG6655E
The USG6655E has only AC models and no DC models and uses an integrated
chassis that contains the fixed ports, two power modules, and four fan modules.
You can add hard disk to the USG6655E.

Mapping
Table 4-45 lists the mapping between the USG6655E hardware and software
versions.

Table 4-45 Mapping between the hardware and software versions


Model Software Version

USG6655E V600R007C00 and later versions

Front Panel
Figure 4-28 illustrates the front panel of the USG6655E.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 82


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Figure 4-28 USG6655E front panel

Table 4-46 System status indicators


Indicator Name Color Status Description

PWR Power Green Steady on The power module works


indicator properly.

- Off The power module is faulty or


the power cable is
disconnected.

SYS System Green Steady on The system is being powered


indicator on or restarted.

Green Blink The system is running


every two normally.
seconds
(0.5 Hz)

Green Blink four The system is starting.


every
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on ● A system fault occurs.


● The power module is
abnormal.
● The fan module is
abnormal.

- Off The system is not running.

USB USB Green Steady on USB-based deployment is


indicator complete.

Green Blink four The data of USB-based


every deployment is being read.
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on USB-based deployment fails.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 83


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Indicator Name Color Status Description

- Off If USB-based deployment is


disabled, the system is in the
default state.

HA HA Green Steady on Management master device in


indicator hot standby or cluster
deployment.

Green Blink Management backup device in


every two hot standby or cluster
seconds deployment.
(0.5 Hz)

Red Steady on Hot standby or the cluster is


faulty.

- Off The hot standby or the cluster


function is disabled.

WAN WAN Reserved.


indicator

CLOUD CLOUD Green Steady on Connected to the cloud


indicator management platform.

Green Blink four Connecting to the cloud


every management platform,
second (4 transmitting or receiving data.
Hz)

- Off Not connected or registered to


the cloud management
platform.

Table 4-47 Interface description


Name Description

RST button To restart the device, press the RST button. Ensure that
the running configuration is saved before pressing the
RST button.
This button can enable you to restore the default
settings with one click. To be specific, you can hold
down the RST button for 5 seconds and then release it
to restore the default settings and restart the device.

OFL button To remove a hard disk, press and hold the OFL button
for four seconds until the OFL indicator turns on.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 84


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

HDD/SSD Hard disk slot, supporting one SSD-Sata240G-A, or


SSD-Sata960G-A, or HDD-SATA1000G-A hard disk. The
hard disks are optional. You can purchase hard disk
from Huawei if needed. For details, see Hard Disk Unit
SSD-Sata240G-A, Hard Disk Unit SSD-Sata960G-A
and Hard Disk Unit HDD-SATA1000G-A.

0 to 15 (RJ45) 16 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical ports,


NOTE numbered from GigabitEthernet 0/0/0 to
Arrowheads show the GigabitEthernet 0/0/15.
positions of ports. A
down arrowhead
indicates a port at the
bottom, and an up
arrowhead indicates a
port at the top.

0 to 11 (10G, SFP+) 12 10GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports, numbered


from XGigabitEthernet0/0/0 to XGigabitEthernet0/0/11.
Compatible with GE Ethernet optical ports and
supporting 1 Gbit/s SFP Optical/Electrical Modules, 1
Gbit/s eSFP Optical Modules and 10 Gbit/s SFP+
Optical Modules.
When 40GE0/0/1 optical port on the device is enabled,
the 10GE optical ports numbered from
XGigabitEthernet0/0/8 to XGigabitEthernet0/0/11
cannot be used.

0 to 1 (40G, QSFP+) Two 40GE Ethernet optical ports, numbered from


40GE0/0/0 to 40GE0/0/1. 40 Gbit/s QSFP+ Optical
Modules is supported.
By default, the 40GE0/0/1 optical port mode is
disabled. To enable this mode, run the set device port-
config-mode 40g-port enable command.

USB 2.0 port USB ports allow you to insert USB 2.0 devices for
system software upgrades. For details on upgrades
through USB devices, refer to the Upgrade Guide
delivered with the device.

MGMT port Out-of-band 10/100/1000M RJ45 autosensing Ethernet


management port. The interface number is METH
0/0/0 and the default IP address of the interface is
192.168.0.1.
You can connect this port to the network port or any
reachable port on a PC through a network cable. Then,
you can use Telnet to access the CLI or use a web
browser to access the web UI to configure, manage,
and maintain the USG.
NOTE
The MGMT port cannot be used as a service port.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 85


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

Console port (RJ45) Console ports allow you to locally connect a PC to the
device.
You can use a console cable to connect the console
port (RJ45) on the device to the COM port on your PC
and use a serial port terminal program on your PC to
access, configure, and manage the device.

Rear Panel
Figure 4-29 illustrates the rear panel of the USG6655E.

Figure 4-29 USG6655E rear panel

Table 4-48 Interface description

Name Description

Protective ground The M4 OT terminal connects the PGND cable to the


terminal ground point of the cabinet, workbench, or wall, or the
ground bar in equipment room.

SN The serial number that uniquely identifies the device.


When applying for a license file, you must provide the
SN of the device.

MAC The MAC address uniquely identifies the physical


address of a device and must be provided during
network forwarding configuration.

Fan module The fan module provides air flow for heat dissipation. It
is hot-swappable, but the removal duration cannot
exceed 1 minute. For details, see FAN-023A-B.

Power modules (in Provides power input and distribution for the device.
slots PWR1 and Two AC power modules are mandatory to provide 1+1
PWR2) power redundancy. If one power module fails, the other
can support the entire system so that you can replace
the faulty power module without interrupting device
operation. For details, see PAC600S12-CB AC Power
Module.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 86


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Power Supply System


The USG6655E has two PAC600S12-CB AC power modules for 1+1 power
redundancy.

Heat Dissipation System


The USG6655E has four FAN-023A-B fan modules for 3+1 heat dissipation
redundancy.

From the front panel, the device provides a front-to-rear air flow, as shown in
Figure 4-30. The fan module locates at the air exhaust of the system.

Figure 4-30 Technical Specifications

Technical Specifications
Table 4-49 lists the technical specifications of the USG6655E.

Table 4-49 USG6655E technical specifications

Item Description

BOM 02352RPS

System specifications

CPU Multi-core 1.85 GHz processor

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 87


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Memory DDR4 8 GB x 4

NorFlash 64 MB

NandFlash 2 GB

Hard disk Optional. You can purchase a 2.5-inch SATA hard disk
(240 GB/960 GB/1000 GB) from Huawei based on the
site requirements. The hard disk is hot swappable.

Dimensions and weight

Basic dimensions (Ha 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 420 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x
x Wb x D) 16.54 in., 1 U)

Maximum dimensions 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 444 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x


(Ha x Wb x D) 17.48 in., 1 U)

Weight 7.75 kg

Power consumption and heat consumption

Maximum power 156 W


consumption

Maximum heat 532.27 BTU/hour


consumption

Power specifications

AC model Supported, 1+1 power redundancy, hot-swappable

Rated input voltage 100 V to 240 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz


(AC)

Maximum input 90 V to 290 V, 47 Hz to 63 Hz


voltage (AC)

Maximum input 8A
current (AC)

Maximum output 600 W


power (AC)

Heat dissipation

Fan module Supported, hot-swappable

Number of fans 4

Air flow (hot air flow, Air inlet from front and air outlet from rear
viewed facing the
front panel)

Port density

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 88


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Out-of-band 1 (RJ45)
management port

Console port 1 (RJ45)

USB2.0 port 1

Service ports in ● 16 10/100/1000M autosensing Ethernet electrical


standard ports
configuration ● 12 10GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports
● 2 40GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports

Environment specificationsc

System MTBF 31.63


reliability (year)

MTTR 2
(hour)

Ambient temperature Without hard disk driver: 0°C to 45°C


With hard disk driverd: 5°C to 40°C

Storage ambient -40°C to 70°C


temperature

Operating ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Storage ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Altitude Without hard disk driver: 0 m to 5000 m


With hard disk driver: 0 m to 3000 m
NOTE
● a. The height is 1 U (1 U = 1.75 inches, or about 44.45 mm), which is a height unit
defined in International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 60297 standards.
● b. The width does not include the size of mounting ears.
● c. Temperature and humidity are measured 1.5 m above the floor and 0.4 m in front of
the rack when no protection plate exists before or after the rack.
● d. The ambient temperature change rate of a device with hard disk driver is less than or
equal to 20°C per hour.

4.1.12 USG6680E
The USG6680E has only AC models and no DC models and uses an integrated
chassis that contains the fixed ports, two power modules, and four fan modules.
You can add hard disk to the USG6680E.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 89


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Mapping
Table 4-50 lists the mapping between the USG6680E hardware and software
versions.

Table 4-50 Mapping between the hardware and software versions


Model Software Version

USG6680E V600R006C00 and later versions

Front Panel
Figure 4-31 illustrates the front panel of the USG6680E.

Figure 4-31 USG6680E front panel

Table 4-51 System status indicators


Indicator Name Color Status Description

PWR Power Green Steady on The power module works


indicator properly.

- Off The power module is faulty or


the power cable is
disconnected.

SYS System Green Steady on The system is being powered


indicator on or restarted.

Green Blink The system is running


every two normally.
seconds
(0.5 Hz)

Green Blink four The system is starting.


every
second (4
Hz)

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 90


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Indicator Name Color Status Description

Red Steady on ● A system fault occurs.


● The power module is
abnormal.
● The fan module is
abnormal.

- Off The system is not running.

USB USB Green Steady on USB-based deployment is


indicator complete.

Green Blink four The data of USB-based


every deployment is being read.
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on USB-based deployment fails.

- Off If USB-based deployment is


disabled, the system is in the
default state.

HA HA Green Steady on Management master device in


indicator hot standby or cluster
deployment.

Green Blink Management backup device in


every two hot standby or cluster
seconds deployment.
(0.5 Hz)

Red Steady on Hot standby or the cluster is


faulty.

- Off The hot standby or the cluster


function is disabled.

WAN WAN Reserved.


indicator

CLOUD CLOUD Green Steady on Connected to the cloud


indicator management platform.

Green Blink four Connecting to the cloud


every management platform,
second (4 transmitting or receiving data.
Hz)

- Off Not connected or registered to


the cloud management
platform.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 91


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-52 Interface description


Name Description

RST button To restart the device, press the RST button. Ensure that
the running configuration is saved before pressing the
RST button.
This button can enable you to restore the default
settings with one click. To be specific, you can hold
down the RST button for 5 seconds and then release it
to restore the default settings and restart the device.

OFL button To remove a hard disk, press and hold the OFL button
for four seconds until the OFL indicator turns on.

HDD/SSD Hard disk slot, supporting one HDD-SATA1000G-A or


SSD-Sata240G-A hard disk. The hard disks are optional.
You can purchase hard disk from Huawei if needed. For
details, see Hard Disk Unit HDD-SATA1000G-A and
Hard Disk Unit SSD-Sata240G-A.

0 to 27 (10G, SFP+) 28 10GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports, numbered


NOTE from XGigabitEthernet0/0/0 to XGigabitEthernet0/0/27.
Arrowheads show the Compatible with GE Ethernet optical ports and
positions of ports. A supporting 1 Gbit/s SFP Optical/Electrical Modules, 1
down arrowhead Gbit/s eSFP Optical Modules and 10 Gbit/s SFP+
indicates a port at the
Optical Modules.
bottom, and an up
arrowhead indicates a When 40GE0/0/2 to 40GE0/0/3 optical ports on the
port at the top. device are enabled, the 10GE optical ports numbered
from XGigabitEthernet0/0/20 to
XGigabitEthernet0/0/27 cannot be used.

0 to 3 (40G, QSFP+) Four 40GE Ethernet optical ports, numbered from


NOTE 40GE0/0/0 to 40GE0/0/3. 40 Gbit/s QSFP+ Optical
Arrowheads show the Modules is supported.
positions of ports. A
By default, the 40GE0/0/2 to 40GE0/0/3 optical ports
down arrowhead
indicates a port at the mode are disabled. To enable this mode, run the set
bottom, and an up device port-config-mode 40g-port enable command.
arrowhead indicates a
port at the top.

0 to 1 (HA, SFP+) Heartbeat interfaces for hot standby or the cluster. Two
USGs are connected through independent links to form
hot standby or the cluster. numbered from HA0/0/0 to
HA0/0/1. 10 Gbit/s SFP+ Optical Modules is
supported.

USB 3.0 port USB ports allow you to insert USB 3.0 devices for
system software upgrades. For details on upgrades
through USB devices, refer to the Upgrade Guide
delivered with the device.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 92


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

MGMT port Out-of-band 10/100/1000M RJ45 autosensing Ethernet


management port. The interface number is METH
0/0/0 and the default IP address of the interface is
192.168.0.1.
You can connect this port to the network port or any
reachable port on a PC through a network cable. Then,
you can use Telnet to access the CLI or use a web
browser to access the web UI to configure, manage,
and maintain the USG.
NOTE
The MGMT port cannot be used as a service port.

Console port (RJ45) Console ports allow you to locally connect a PC to the
device.
You can use a console cable to connect the console
port (RJ45) on the device to the COM port on your PC
and use a serial port terminal program on your PC to
access, configure, and manage the device.

Rear Panel
Figure 4-32 illustrates the rear panel of the USG6680E.

Figure 4-32 USG6680E rear panel

Table 4-53 Interface description

Name Description

Protective ground The M4 OT terminal connects the PGND cable to the


terminal ground point of the cabinet, workbench, or wall, or the
ground bar in equipment room.

SN The serial number that uniquely identifies the device.


When applying for a license file, you must provide the
SN of the device.

MAC The MAC address uniquely identifies the physical


address of a device and must be provided during
network forwarding configuration.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 93


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

Fan module The fan module provides air flow for heat dissipation. It
is hot-swappable, but the removal duration cannot
exceed 1 minute. For details, see FAN-036A-B.

Power modules (in Provides power input and distribution for the device.
slots PWR1 and Two DC or AC power modules are mandatory to
PWR2) provide 1+1 power redundancy. If one power module
fails, the other can support the entire system so that
you can replace the faulty power module without
interrupting device operation. For details, see
PAC1K2S12-B AC&240 V DC Power Module.

Power Supply System


The USG6680E has two PAC1K2S12-B AC&240 V DC power modules for 1+1
power redundancy.

Heat Dissipation System


The USG6680E has four FAN-036A-B fan modules for 3+1 heat dissipation
redundancy.
From the front panel, the device provides a front-to-rear air flow, as shown in
Figure 4-33. The fan module locates at the air exhaust of the system.

Figure 4-33 System Air Flow

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 94


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Technical Specifications
Table 4-54 lists the technical specifications of the USG6680E.

Table 4-54 USG6680E technical specifications


Item Description

BOM 02351YRR

System specifications

CPU Multi-core 2.3 GHz processor

Memory DDR4 8 GB x 4

Flash 32 MB x 2

Storage 32 GB

Hard disk Optional. You can purchase a 2.5-inch SATA hard disk
(240 GB/1000 GB) from Huawei based on the site
requirements. The hard disk is hot swappable.

Dimensions and weight

Basic dimensions (Ha 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 600 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x
x Wb x D) 23.62 in., 1 U)

Maximum dimensions 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 624 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x


(Ha x Wb x D) 24.67 in., 1 U)

Weight 12 kg

Power consumption and heat consumption

Maximum power 488.3 W


consumption

Maximum heat 1666.08 BTU/hour


consumption

Power specifications

AC model Supported, 1+1 power redundancy, hot-swappable

AC power Rated 100 V AC to 130 V AC/200 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz


input input
voltage
(AC)

Maximum 90 V AC to 290 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz


input
voltage
(AC)

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 95


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Rated ● 10 A (100 to 130 V AC)


input ● 8 A (200 to 240 V AC)
current
(AC)

High- Rated 240 V


voltage input
DC power voltage
input (DC)

Rated 8A
input
current
(DC)

Rated output voltage 12 V

Rated output current ● 67 A (100 to 130 V AC)


● 100 A (200 to 240 V AC)
● 100 A (240 V DC)

Rated output power ● 800 W (100 V AC to 130 V AC)


● 1200 W (200 V AC to 240 V AC)
● 1200 W (240 V DC)

Heat dissipation

Fan module Supported, hot-swappable

Number of fans 4

Air flow (hot air flow, Air inlet from front and air outlet from rear
viewed facing the
front panel)

Port density

Out-of-band 1 (RJ45)
management port

Console port 1 (RJ45)

USB3.0 port 1

Service ports in ● 28 10GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports


standard ● 4 40GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports
configuration
● 2 HA ports

Environment specificationsc

System MTBF 25
reliability (year)

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 96


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

MTTR 2
(hour)

Ambient temperature Without hard disk driver: 0°C to 45°C


With hard disk driverd: 5°C to 40°C

Storage ambient -40°C to 70°C


temperature

Operating ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Storage ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Altitude Without hard disk driver: 0 m to 5000 m


With hard disk driver: 0 m to 3000 m
NOTE
● a. The height is 1 U (1 U = 1.75 inches, or about 44.45 mm), which is a height unit
defined in International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 60297 standards.
● b. The width does not include the size of mounting ears.
● c. Temperature and humidity are measured 1.5 m above the floor and 0.4 m in front of
the rack when no protection plate exists before or after the rack.
● d. The ambient temperature change rate of a device with hard disk driver is less than or
equal to 20°C per hour.

4.1.13 USG6712E, USG6716E


The USG6712E, USG6716E have only AC models and no DC models and uses an
integrated chassis that contains the fixed ports, two power modules, and five fan
modules. You can add hard disk to the USG6712E, USG6716E.

Mapping
Table 4-55 lists the mapping between the USG6712E, USG6716E hardware and
software versions.

Table 4-55 Mapping between the hardware and software versions

Model Software Version

USG6712E, USG6716E V600R006C00 and later versions

Front Panel
Figure 4-34 illustrates the front panel of the USG6712E, USG6716E.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 97


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Figure 4-34 USG6712E, USG6716E front panel

Table 4-56 System status indicators


Indicator Name Color Status Description

PWR Power Green Steady on The power module works


indicator properly.

- Off The power module is faulty or


the power cable is
disconnected.

SYS System Green Steady on The system is being powered


indicator on or restarted.

Green Blink The system is running


every two normally.
seconds
(0.5 Hz)

Green Blink four The system is starting.


every
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on ● A system fault occurs.


● The power module is
abnormal.
● The fan module is
abnormal.

- Off The system is not running.

USB USB Green Steady on USB-based deployment is


indicator complete.

Green Blink four The data of USB-based


every deployment is being read.
second (4
Hz)

Red Steady on USB-based deployment fails.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 98


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Indicator Name Color Status Description

- Off If USB-based deployment is


disabled, the system is in the
default state.

HA HA Green Steady on Management master device in


indicator hot standby or cluster
deployment.

Green Blink Management backup device in


every two hot standby or cluster
seconds deployment.
(0.5 Hz)

Red Steady on Hot standby or the cluster is


faulty.

- Off The hot standby or the cluster


function is disabled.

WAN WAN Reserved.


indicator

CLOUD CLOUD Green Steady on Connected to the cloud


indicator management platform.

Green Blink four Connecting to the cloud


every management platform,
second (4 transmitting or receiving data.
Hz)

- Off Not connected or registered to


the cloud management
platform.

Table 4-57 Interface description


Name Description

RST button To restart the device, press the RST button. Ensure that
the running configuration is saved before pressing the
RST button.
This button can enable you to restore the default
settings with one click. To be specific, you can hold
down the RST button for 5 seconds and then release it
to restore the default settings and restart the device.

OFL button To remove a hard disk, press and hold the OFL button
for four seconds until the OFL indicator turns on.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 99


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

HDD/SSD Hard disk slot, supporting one HDD-SATA1000G-A or


SSD-Sata240G-A hard disk. The hard disks are optional.
You can purchase hard disk from Huawei if needed. For
details, see Hard Disk Unit HDD-SATA1000G-A and
Hard Disk Unit SSD-Sata240G-A.

0 to 19 (10G, SFP+) 20 10GE autosensing Ethernet optical ports, numbered


NOTE from XGigabitEthernet0/0/0 to XGigabitEthernet0/0/19.
Arrowheads show the Compatible with GE Ethernet optical ports and
positions of ports. A supporting 1 Gbit/s SFP Optical/Electrical Modules, 1
down arrowhead Gbit/s eSFP Optical Modules and 10 Gbit/s SFP+
indicates a port at the
Optical Modules.
bottom, and an up
arrowhead indicates a When 100GE0/0/0 to 100GE0/0/1 optical ports on the
port at the top. device are enabled, the 10GE optical ports numbered
from XGigabitEthernet0/0/12 to
XGigabitEthernet0/0/19 cannot be used.

0 to 3 (40G, QSFP+) Four 40GE Ethernet optical ports, numbered from


NOTE 40GE0/0/0 to 40GE0/0/3. 40 Gbit/s QSFP+ Optical
Arrowheads show the Modules is supported.
positions of ports. A
40GE optical ports 40GE0/0/2 and 40GE0/0/3 can be
down arrowhead
indicates a port at the switched to 100GE optical ports.
bottom, and an up
arrowhead indicates a
port at the top.

0 to 1 (100G, QSFP28) Two 100GE Ethernet optical ports, numbered


NOTE 100GE0/0/0 and 100GE0/0/1. 100 Gbit/s QSFP28
Arrowheads show the Optical Modules is supported.
positions of ports. A
By default, the 100GE optical port mode is disabled. To
down arrowhead
indicates a port at the enable this mode, run the set device port-config-
bottom, and an up mode 100g-port enable command.
arrowhead indicates a
port at the top.

0 to 1 (HA, SFP+) Heartbeat interfaces for hot standby or the cluster. Two
USGs are connected through independent links to form
hot standby or the cluster. numbered from HA0/0/0 to
HA0/0/1. 10 Gbit/s SFP+ Optical Modules is
supported.

USB 3.0 port USB ports allow you to insert USB 3.0 devices for
system software upgrades. For details on upgrades
through USB devices, refer to the Upgrade Guide
delivered with the device.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 100


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

MGMT port Out-of-band 10/100/1000M RJ45 autosensing Ethernet


management port. The interface number is METH
0/0/0 and the default IP address of the interface is
192.168.0.1.
You can connect this port to the network port or any
reachable port on a PC through a network cable. Then,
you can use Telnet to access the CLI or use a web
browser to access the web UI to configure, manage,
and maintain the USG.
NOTE
The MGMT port cannot be used as a service port.

Console port (RJ45) Console ports allow you to locally connect a PC to the
device.
You can use a console cable to connect the console
port (RJ45) on the device to the COM port on your PC
and use a serial port terminal program on your PC to
access, configure, and manage the device.

Rear Panel
Figure 4-35 illustrates the rear panel of the USG6712E, USG6716E.

Figure 4-35 USG6712E, USG6716E rear panel

Table 4-58 Interface description


Name Description

Protective ground The M4 OT terminal connects the PGND cable to the


terminal ground point of the cabinet, workbench, or wall, or the
ground bar in equipment room.

SN The serial number that uniquely identifies the device.


When applying for a license file, you must provide the
SN of the device.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 101


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

MAC The MAC address uniquely identifies the physical


address of a device and must be provided during
network forwarding configuration.

Fan module The fan module provides air flow for heat dissipation. It
is hot-swappable, but the removal duration cannot
exceed 1 minute. For details, see FAN-036A-B.

Power modules (in Provides power input and distribution for the device.
slots PWR1 and Two DC or AC power modules are mandatory to
PWR2) provide 1+1 power redundancy. If one power module
fails, the other can support the entire system so that
you can replace the faulty power module without
interrupting device operation. For details, see
PAC1K2S12-B AC&240 V DC Power Module.

Power Supply System


The USG6712E, USG6716E has two PAC1K2S12-B AC&240 V DC power modules
for 1+1 power redundancy.

Heat Dissipation System


The USG6712E, USG6716E has five FAN-036A-B fan modules for 4+1 heat
dissipation redundancy.
From the front panel, the device provides a front-to-rear air flow, as shown in
Figure 4-36. The fan module locates at the air exhaust of the system.

Figure 4-36 Technical Specifications

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 102


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Technical Specifications
Table 4-59 lists the technical specifications of the USG6712E, USG6716E.

Table 4-59 USG6712E, USG6716E technical specifications


Item Description

BOM ● USG6712E: 02352CNL


● USG6716E: 02351YRS

System specifications

CPU Multi-core 1.9 GHz processor

Memory DDR4 8 GB x 8

Flash 32 MB x 2

Storage 32 GB

Hard disk Optional. You can purchase a 2.5-inch SATA hard disk
(240 GB/1000 GB) from Huawei based on the site
requirements. The hard disk is hot swappable.

Dimensions and weight

Basic dimensions (Ha 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 600 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x
x Wb x D) 23.62 in., 1 U)

Maximum dimensions 43.6 mm x 442 mm x 624 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x


(Ha x Wb x D) 24.57 in., 1 U)

Weight 12 kg

Power consumption and heat consumption

Maximum power 566 W


consumption

Maximum heat 1931.19 BTU/hour


consumption

Power specifications

AC model Supported, 1+1 power redundancy, hot-swappable

AC power Rated 100 V AC to 130 V AC/200 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz


input input
voltage
(AC)

Maximum 90 V AC to 290 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz


input
voltage
(AC)

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 103


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Rated ● 10 A (100 to 130 V AC)


input ● 8 A (200 to 240 V AC)
current
(AC)

High- Rated 240 V


voltage input
DC power voltage
input (DC)

Rated 8A
input
current
(DC)

Rated output voltage 12 V

Rated output current ● 67 A (100 to 130 V AC)


● 100 A (200 to 240 V AC)
● 100 A (240 V DC)

Rated output power ● 800 W (100 V AC to 130 V AC)


● 1200 W (200 V AC to 240 V AC)
● 1200 W (240 V DC)

Heat dissipation

Fan module Supported, hot-swappable

Number of fans 5

Air flow (hot air flow, Air inlet from front and air outlet from rear
viewed facing the
front panel)

Port density

Out-of-band 1 (RJ45)
management port

Console port 1 (RJ45)

USB3.0 port 1

Service ports in ● 20 10GE Ethernet optical ports


standard ● 2 40GE Ethernet optical ports
configuration
● 2 40GE or 100GE Ethernet optical ports
● 2 HA ports

Environment specificationsc

System MTBF 25
reliability (year)

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 104


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

MTTR 2
(hour)

Ambient temperature Without hard disk driver: 0°C to 45°C


With hard disk driverd: 5°C to 40°C

Storage ambient -40°C to 70°C


temperature

Operating ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Storage ambient 5% RH to 95% RH, non-condensing


relative humidity

Altitude Without hard disk driver: 0 m to 5000 m


With hard disk driver: 0 m to 3000 m
NOTE
● a. The height is 1 U (1 U = 1.75 inches, or about 44.45 mm), which is a height unit
defined in International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 60297 standards.
● b. The width does not include the size of mounting ears.
● c. Temperature and humidity are measured 1.5 m above the floor and 0.4 m in front of
the rack when no protection plate exists before or after the rack.
● d. The ambient temperature change rate of a device with hard disk driver is less than or
equal to 20°C per hour.

4.2 Power Adapters


This chapter describes hardware information for power adapters of the USG6000E,
including hardware appearance, functions, and technical specifications.

4.2.1 36 W Power Adapter


The 36 W power adapter is a AC-input and DC-output power module.

Mapping
Table 4-60 lists devices that support 36 W power adapter. AC power cables with a
C7 straight connector are used to connect to the 36 W power adapter, for details,
see AC Power Cables.

Table 4-60 Devices supporting 36 W power adapter


Power Adapter Applicable Device

36 W power adapter ● USG6510E


● USG6530E

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 105


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Appearance
Figure 4-37 illustrates the appearance of the 36 W power adapter.

Figure 4-37 Appearance of the 36 W power adapter

Function
Table 4-61 lists the functions of the 36 W power adapter.

Table 4-61 Functions of the 36 W power adapter


Item Description

Input overcurrent Stops power output and does not automatically restore
protection power output after the input current becomes normal.

Output current Intermittently provides output and automatically


limiting protection restores normal output after the output current falls
within a normal range.

Output overvoltage Intermittently stops output and automatically restores


protection output after the overvoltage condition is removed.

Output short circuit Intermittently provides output and automatically


protection restores normal output after the output short circuit is
removed.

Heat dissipation The power adapter does not have fans and uses
natural cooling.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-62 lists the technical specifications of the 36 W power adapter.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 106


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-62 Technical specifications of the 36 W power adapter

Item Description

Part number 02220947

Dimensions (H x W x 32 mm x 53.95 mm x 99.45 mm (1.26 in. x 2.12 in. x


D) 3.92 in.)

Weight 0.205 kg

Input

Rated input voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC (50 Hz/60 Hz)


range

Maximum input 90 V AC to 264 V AC (47 Hz to 63 Hz)


voltage range

Maximum input 1.0 A


current

Output

Rated output voltage 12 V DC

Maximum output 11.4 V DC to 12.6 V DC


voltage range

Rated output current 3A

Rated output power 36 W

4.2.2 150 W Power Adapter


The 150 W power adapter is a AC-input and DC-output power module.

Mapping
Table 4-63 lists devices that support 150 W power adapter. AC power cables with
a C7 straight connector are used to connect to the 150 W power adapter, for
details, see AC Power Cables.

Table 4-63 Devices supporting 150 W power adapter

Power Adapter Applicable Device

150 W power adapter USG6510E-POE

Appearance
Figure 4-38 illustrates the appearance of the 150 W power adapter.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 107


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Figure 4-38 Appearance of the 150 W power adapter

Function
Table 4-64 lists the functions of the 150 W power adapter.

Table 4-64 Functions of the 150 W power adapter

Item Description

Input overcurrent Stops power output and does not automatically restore
protection power output after the input current becomes normal.

Output current Intermittently provides output and automatically


limiting protection restores normal output after the output current falls
within a normal range.

Output overvoltage Intermittently stops output and automatically restores


protection output after the overvoltage condition is removed.

Output short circuit Intermittently provides output and automatically


protection restores normal output after the output short circuit is
removed.

Heat dissipation The power adapter does not have fans and uses
natural cooling.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-65 lists the technical specifications of the 150 W power adapter.

Table 4-65 Technical specifications of the 150 W power adapter

Item Description

Part number 02221024

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 108


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Dimensions (H x W x 42 mm x 80 mm x 180 mm (1.65 in. x 3.15 in. x 7.09


D) in.)

Weight 0.8 kg

Input

Rated input voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC (50 Hz/60 Hz)


range

Maximum input 90 V AC to 290 V AC (47 Hz to 63 Hz)


voltage range

Maximum input 2.0 A


current

Output

Rated output voltage 55.5 V DC

Maximum output 54 V DC to 57 V DC
voltage range

Maximum output 2.68 A


current

Maximum output 150 W


power

4.3 Power Modules


This chapter describes hardware information for power modules of the USG6000E,
including hardware appearance, functions, and technical specifications.

4.3.1 PAC60S12-AR AC Power Module


The PAC60S12-AR AC power module is a AC-input and DC-output power module.

Mapping
Table 4-66 lists devices that support PAC60S12-AR AC power module.

Table 4-66 Devices supporting PAC60S12-AR AC power module

power module Applicable Device

PAC60S12-AR AC ● USG6525E
power module ● USG6555E
● USG6565E
● USG6585E

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 109


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Appearance
Figure 4-39 illustrates the appearance of the PAC60S12-AR AC power module.

Figure 4-39 Appearance of the PAC60S12-AR AC power module

Table 4-67 Power status indicator


Indicator Name Color Status Description

STAT Power Green Steady on The output of the AC power


status module is normal.
indicator
Green Blinking The output power is out of
range. For example,
overvoltage, overcurrent, or
short circuit has occurred.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 110


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Indicator Name Color Status Description

- Off ● The input of the AC


power module is out of
range. For example, no
AC input, AC input
overvoltage, or AC input
undervoltage has
occurred.
● The output of the AC
power module is out of
range. For example,
undervoltage, or
overtemperature has
occurred.

Table 4-68 Interface description


Name Description

Power receptacle Connects the C13 plug of the AC power cable. For
details, see AC Power Cables.

Clip hole The hole is used to install the power cable clip, which is
used to bind and fix the power cable. The power cable
clip is installed before shipment.

Function
Table 4-69 lists the functions of the PAC60S12-AR AC power module.

Table 4-69 Functions of the PAC60S12-AR AC power module


Item Description

Input undervoltage Stops power output and automatically restores power


protection output after the input voltage becomes normal.

Input overcurrent Stops power output and does not automatically restore
protection power output after the input current becomes normal.

Output current Intermittently provides output and automatically


limiting protection restores normal output after the output current falls
within a normal range.

Output overvoltage Intermittently stops output and automatically restores


protection output after the overvoltage condition is removed.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 111


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Output short circuit Intermittently provides output and automatically


protection restores normal output after the output short circuit is
removed.

Overtemperature When the temperature of the power module reaches a


protection preset threshold, the power module stops power
output and will automatically restore power output
after the temperature drops back to the normal range.

Heat dissipation Power module does not have fans. The heat dissipation
is provided by the fan module of the device.

Hot swap The device has 1+1 power module redundancy. You can
hot-swap a 170 W power module without interrupting
device operation.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-70 lists the technical specifications of the PAC60S12-AR AC power
module.

Table 4-70 Technical specifications of the PAC60S12-AR AC power module


Item Description

Model PAC60S12-AR

Part number 02312SLE

Dimensions (H x W x 39.8 mm x 90 mm x 214.3 mm (1.57 in. x 3.54 in. x


D) 8.44 in.)

Weight 0.68kg

Input

Rated input voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC (50 Hz/60 Hz)


range

Maximum input 90 V AC to 264 V AC (47 Hz to 63 Hz)


voltage range

Maximum input 2A
current

Output

Rated output voltage 12 V DC

Maximum output 11.8 V DC to 12.6 V DC


voltage range

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 112


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Maximum output 5A
current

Maximum output 60 W
power

4.3.2 PAC60S12-R AC Power Module


The PAC60S12-R AC power module is a AC-input and DC-output power module.

Mapping
Table 4-71 lists devices that support PAC60S12-R AC power module.

Table 4-71 Devices supporting PAC60S12-R AC power module


power module Applicable Device

PAC60S12-R AC power ● USG6515E


module ● USG6525E
● USG6550E
● USG6555E
● USG6560E
● USG6565E
● USG6580E
● USG6585E

Appearance
Figure 4-40 illustrates the appearance of the PAC60S12-R AC power module.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 113


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Figure 4-40 Appearance of the PAC60S12-R AC power module

Table 4-72 Power status indicator


Indicator Name Color Status Description

STAT Power Green Steady on The output of the AC power


status module is normal.
indicator
Green Blinking The output power is out of
range. For example,
overvoltage, overcurrent, or
short circuit has occurred.

- Off ● The input of the AC


power module is out of
range. For example, no
AC input, AC input
overvoltage, or AC input
undervoltage has
occurred.
● The output of the AC
power module is out of
range. For example,
undervoltage, or
overtemperature has
occurred.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 114


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-73 Interface description

Name Description

Power receptacle Connects the C13 plug of the AC power cable. For
details, see AC Power Cables.

Clip hole The hole is used to install the power cable clip, which is
used to bind and fix the power cable. The power cable
clip is installed before shipment.

Function
Table 4-74 lists the functions of the PAC60S12-R AC power module.

Table 4-74 Functions of the PAC60S12-R AC power module

Item Description

Input undervoltage Stops power output and automatically restores power


protection output after the input voltage becomes normal.

Input overcurrent Stops power output and does not automatically restore
protection power output after the input current becomes normal.

Output current Intermittently provides output and automatically


limiting protection restores normal output after the output current falls
within a normal range.

Output overvoltage Intermittently stops output and automatically restores


protection output after the overvoltage condition is removed.

Output short circuit Intermittently provides output and automatically


protection restores normal output after the output short circuit is
removed.

Overtemperature When the temperature of the power module reaches a


protection preset threshold, the power module stops power
output and will automatically restore power output
after the temperature drops back to the normal range.

Heat dissipation Power module does not have fans. The heat dissipation
is provided by the fan module of the device.

Hot swap The device has 1+1 power module redundancy. You can
hot-swap a 170 W power module without interrupting
device operation.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-75 lists the technical specifications of the PAC60S12-R AC power module.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 115


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-75 Technical specifications of the PAC60S12-R AC power module


Item Description

Model PAC60S12-R

Part number 02312DVA

Dimensions (H x W x 39.8 mm x 90 mm x 214.3 mm (1.57 in. x 3.54 in. x


D) 8.44 in.)

Weight 0.65 kg

Input

Rated input voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC (50 Hz/60 Hz)


range

Maximum input 90 V AC to 264 V AC (47 Hz to 63 Hz)


voltage range

Maximum input 2A
current

Output

Rated output voltage 12 V DC

Maximum output 11.8 V DC to 12.6 V DC


voltage range

Maximum output 5A
current

Maximum output 60 W
power

4.3.3 PAC150S12-R AC Power Module


The PAC150S12-R AC power module is a AC-input and DC-output power module.

Mapping
Table 4-76 lists devices that support PAC150S12-R AC power module.

Table 4-76 Devices supporting PAC150S12-R AC power module


Power Module Applicable Device

PAC150S12-R AC ● USG6575E-B
power module ● USG6605E-B

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 116


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Appearance
Figure 4-41 illustrates the appearance of the PAC150S12-R AC power module.

Figure 4-41 Appearance of the PAC150S12-R AC power module

Table 4-77 Power status indicator

Indicator Name Color Status Description

STAT Power Green Steady on The power output of the


status power module is normal.
indicator
Green Blinking The output power is out of
range. For example,
overvoltage, overcurrent, or
short circuit has occurred.

- Off ● The input of the AC power


module is out of range. For
example, no AC input, AC
input overvoltage, or AC
input undervoltage has
occurred.
● The output of the AC
power module is out of
range. For example,
undervoltage, or
overtemperature has
occurred.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 117


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-78 Interface description

Name Description

Power receptacle Connects the C13 plug of the AC power cable. For
details, see AC Power Cables.

Clip hole The hole is used to install the power cable clip, which is
used to bind and fix the power cable. The power cable
clip is installed before shipment.

Function
Table 4-79 lists the functions of the PAC150S12-R AC power module.

Table 4-79 Functions of the PAC150S12-R AC power module

Item Description

Input undervoltage Stops power output and automatically restores power


protection output after the input voltage becomes normal.

Input overcurrent Stops power output and does not automatically restore
protection power output after the input current becomes normal.

Output current Intermittently provides output and automatically


limiting protection restores normal output after the output current falls
within a normal range.

Output overvoltage Intermittently stops output and automatically restores


protection output after the overvoltage condition is removed.

Output short circuit Intermittently provides output and automatically


protection restores normal output after the output short circuit is
removed.

Overtemperature When the temperature of the power module reaches a


protection preset threshold, the power module stops power
output and will automatically restore power output
after the temperature drops back to the normal range.

Heat dissipation The power adapter does not have fans. The heat
dissipation is provided by the fan module of the device.

Hot swap The device has 1+1 power module redundancy. You can
hot-swap a power module without interrupting device
operation.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-80 lists the technical specifications of the PAC150S12-R AC power module.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 118


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-80 Technical specifications of the PAC150S12-R AC power module


Item Description

Silkscreen PAC150S12-R

Part number 02312DUY

Dimensions (H x W x 39.8 mm x 90 mm x 214.3 mm (1.57 in. x 3.54 in. x


D) 8.43 in.)

Weight 0.761 kg

Input

Rated input voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC (50 Hz/60 Hz)


range

Maximum input 90 V AC to 264 V AC (47 Hz to 63 Hz)


voltage range

Maximum input 3A
current

Output

Rated output voltage 12 V DC

Maximum output 11.64 V DC to 12.36 V DC


voltage range

Maximum output 12.5 A


current

Maximum output 150 W


power

4.3.4 PDC350S12-B DC Power Module


The PDC350S12-B DC power module is a DC-input and DC-output power module.

Mapping
Table 4-81 lists devices that support PDC350S12-B DC power module.

Table 4-81 Devices supporting PDC350S12-B DC power module


Power module Applicable Device

PDC350S12-B DC USG6630E
power module

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 119


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Appearance
Figure 4-42 illustrates the appearance of the PDC350S12-B DC power module.

Figure 4-42 Appearance of the PDC350S12-B DC power module

Table 4-82 Power status indicator


Indicator Name Color Status Description

STAT Power Green Steady on The output of the DC power


status module is normal.
indicator
Green Blinking The output power is out of
range. For example,
overvoltage, overcurrent, or
short circuit has occurred.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 120


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Indicator Name Color Status Description

- Off ● The input of the DC


power module is out of
range. For example, no
DC input, DC input
overvoltage, or DC input
undervoltage has
occurred.
● The output of the DC
power module is out of
range. For example,
undervoltage, or
overtemperature has
occurred.

Table 4-83 Interface description


Name Description

Power cable terminal Connect the black wire to the RTN (+) terminal and the
blue wire to the NEG (-) terminal. For details, see DC
Power Cables .

Function
Table 4-84 lists the functions of the PDC350S12-B DC power module.

Table 4-84 Functions of the PDC350S12-B DC power module


Item Description

Input undervoltage Stops power output and automatically restores power


protection output after the input voltage becomes normal.

Input overvoltage Stops power output and automatically restores power


protection output after the input voltage becomes normal.

Input overcurrent Stops power output and does not automatically restore
protection power output after the input current becomes normal.

Output current Intermittently provides output and automatically


limiting protection restores normal output after the output current falls
within a normal range.

Output overvoltage Intermittently stops output and automatically restores


protection output after the overvoltage condition is removed.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 121


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Output short circuit Intermittently provides output and automatically


protection restores normal output after the output short circuit is
removed.

Overtemperature When the temperature of the power module reaches a


protection preset threshold, the power module stops power
output and will automatically restore power output
after the temperature drops back to the normal range.

Heat dissipation The heat dissipation is provided by the fan of the


power module.

Hot swap The device has 1+1 power module redundancy. You can
hot-swap a power module without interrupting device
operation.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-85 lists the technical specifications of the PDC350S12-B DC power
module.

Table 4-85 Technical specifications of the PDC350S12-B DC power module


Item Description

Silkscreen PDC350S12-B

Part number 02312DVB

Dimensions (H x W x 39.8 mm x 90 mm x 215 mm (1.57 in. x 3.54 in. x 8.46


D) in.)

Weight 0.689 kg

Input

Rated input voltage -48 V DC to -60 V DC


range

Maximum input -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC


voltage range

Maximum input 11 A
current

Output

Rated output voltage 12 V DC

Maximum output 11.4 V DC to 12.6 V DC


voltage range

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 122


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Maximum output 350 W


power

4.3.5 PAC600S12-B AC Power Module


The PAC600S12-B AC power module is a AC-input and DC-output power module.

Mapping
Table 4-86 lists devices that support PAC600S12-B AC power module.

Table 4-86 Devices supporting PAC600S12-B AC power module


power module Applicable Device

PAC600S12-B AC ● USG6630E
power module ● USG6650E

Appearance
Figure 4-43 illustrates the appearance of the PAC600S12-B AC power module.

Figure 4-43 Appearance of the PAC600S12-B AC power module

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 123


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-87 Power status indicator

Indicator Name Color Status Description

STAT Power Green Steady on The output of the AC power


status module is normal.
indicator
- Off ● The input of the AC power
module is out of range. For
example,no AC input, AC
input overvoltage, or AC
input undervoltage has
occurred.
● The output of the AC
power module is out of
range. For
example,undervoltage, or
overtemperature has
occurred.

Table 4-88 Interface description

Name Description

Power receptacle Connects the C13 plug of the AC power cable. For
details, see AC Power Cables.

Clip hole The hole is used to install the power cable clip, which is
used to bind and fix the power cable. The power cable
clip is installed before shipment.

Function
Table 4-89 lists the functions of the PAC600S12-B AC power module.

Table 4-89 Functions of the PAC600S12-B AC power module

Item Description

Input undervoltage Stops power output and automatically restores power


protection output after the input voltage becomes normal.

Input overvoltage Stops power output and automatically restores power


protection output after the input voltage becomes normal.

Input overcurrent Stops power output and does not automatically restore
protection power output after the input current becomes normal.

Output current Intermittently provides output and automatically


limiting protection restores normal output after the output current falls
within a normal range.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 124


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Output overvoltage Intermittently stops output and automatically restores


protection output after the overvoltage condition is removed.

Output short circuit Intermittently provides output and automatically


protection restores normal output after the output short circuit is
removed.

Overtemperature When the temperature of the power module reaches a


protection preset threshold, the power module stops power
output and will automatically restore power output
after the temperature drops back to the normal range.

Heat dissipation The heat dissipation is provided by the fan of the


power module.

Hot swap The device has 1+1 power module redundancy. You can
hot-swap a power module without interrupting device
operation.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-90 lists the technical specifications of the PAC600S12-B AC power module.

Table 4-90 Technical specifications of the PAC600S12-B AC power module

Item Description

Silkscreen PAC600S12-B

Part number 02312DUP

Dimensions (H x W x 39.8 mm x 90 mm x 215 mm (1.57 in. x 3.54 in. x 8.46


D) in.)

Weight 0.97 kg

Input

Rated input voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC (50 Hz/60 Hz)


range

Maximum input 90 V AC to 290 V AC (47 Hz to 63 Hz)


voltage range

Maximum input 9A
current

Output

Rated output voltage 12 V DC

Maximum output 11.64 V DC to 12.36 V DC


voltage range

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 125


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Maximum output 50 A
current

Maximum output 600 W


power

4.3.6 PAC600S12-CB AC Power Module


The PAC600S12-CB AC power module is a AC-input and DC-output power module.

Mapping
Table 4-91 lists devices that support PAC600S12-CB AC power module.

Table 4-91 Devices supporting PAC600S12-CB AC power module


Power Module Applicable Device

PAC600S12-CB AC ● USG6525E ● USG6615E


power module ● USG6555E ● USG6625E
● USG6565E ● USG6635E
● USG6585E ● USG6655E

Appearance
Figure 4-44 illustrates the appearance of the PAC600S12-CB AC power module.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 126


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Figure 4-44 Appearance of the PAC600S12-CB AC power module

Table 4-92 Power status indicator

Indicator Name Color Status Description

STAT Power Green Steady on The output of the AC power


status module is normal.
indicator
- Off ● The input of the AC power
module is out of range. For
example, no AC input, AC
input overvoltage, or AC
input undervoltage has
occurred.
● The output of the AC
power module is out of
range. For example,
undervoltage, or
overtemperature has
occurred.

Table 4-93 Interface description

Name Description

Power receptacle Connects the C13 plug of the AC power cable. For
details, see AC Power Cables.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 127


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

Clip hole The hole is used to install the power cable clip, which is
used to bind and fix the power cable. The power cable
clip is installed before shipment.

Function
Table 4-94 lists the functions of the PAC600S12-CB AC power module.

Table 4-94 Functions of the PAC600S12-CB AC power module


Item Description

Input undervoltage Stops power output and automatically restores power


protection output after the input voltage becomes normal.

Input overvoltage Stops power output and automatically restores power


protection output after the input voltage becomes normal.

Input overcurrent Stops power output and does not automatically restore
protection power output after the input current becomes normal.

Output current Intermittently provides output and automatically


limiting protection restores normal output after the output current falls
within a normal range.

Output overvoltage Intermittently stops output and automatically restores


protection output after the overvoltage condition is removed.

Output short circuit Intermittently provides output and automatically


protection restores normal output after the output short circuit is
removed.

Overtemperature When the temperature of the power module reaches a


protection preset threshold, the power module stops power
output and will automatically restore power output
after the temperature drops back to the normal range.

Heat dissipation The heat dissipation is provided by the fan of the


power module.

Hot swap The device has 1+1 power module redundancy. You can
hot-swap a power module without interrupting device
operation.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-95 lists the technical specifications of the PAC600S12-CB AC power
module.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 128


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-95 Technical specifications of the PAC600S12-CB AC power module

Item Description

Silkscreen PAC600S12-CB

Part number 02312FFU

Dimensions (H x W x 39.6 mm x 90 mm x 214.5 mm (1.56 in. x 3.54 in. x


D) 8.45 in.)

Weight 0.95 kg

Input

Rated input voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC (50 Hz/60 Hz)


range

Maximum input 90 V AC to 290 V AC (47 Hz to 63 Hz)


voltage range

Maximum input 8A
current

Output

Rated output voltage 12 V DC

Maximum output 11.64 V DC to 12.36 V DC


voltage range

Maximum output 50 A
current

Maximum output 600 W


power

4.3.7 PDC1000S12-CB DC Power Module


The PDC1000S12-CB DC power module is a DC-input and DC-output power
module.

Mapping
Table 4-96 lists devices that support PDC1000S12-CB DC power module.

Table 4-96 Devices supporting PDC1000S12-CB DC power module

Power module Applicable Device

PDC1000S12-CB DC USG6635E
power module

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 129


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Appearance
Figure 4-45 illustrates the appearance of the PDC1000S12-CB DC power module.

Figure 4-45 Appearance of the PDC1000S12-CB DC power module

Table 4-97 Power status indicator


Indicator Name Color Status Description

STAT Power Green Steady on The output of the AC power


status module is normal.
indicator
Green Blinking The output power is out of
range. For example,
overvoltage, overcurrent, or
short circuit has occurred.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 130


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Indicator Name Color Status Description

- Off ● The input of the AC power


module is out of range. For
example, no AC input, AC
input overvoltage, or AC
input undervoltage has
occurred.
● The output of the AC
power module is out of
range. For example,
undervoltage, or
overtemperature has
occurred.

Table 4-98 Interface description

Name Description

Power cable terminal Connect the black wire to the RTN (+) terminal and the
blue wire to the NEG (-) terminal. For details, see DC
Power Cables .

Function
Table 4-99 lists the functions of the PDC1000S12-CB DC power module.

Table 4-99 Functions of the PDC1000S12-CB DC power module

Item Description

Input undervoltage Stops power output and automatically restores power


protection output after the input voltage becomes normal.

Input overvoltage Stops power output and automatically restores power


protection output after the input voltage becomes normal.

Input overcurrent Stops power output and does not automatically restore
protection power output after the input current becomes normal.

Output current Intermittently provides output and automatically


limiting protection restores normal output after the output current falls
within a normal range.

Output overvoltage Intermittently stops output and automatically restores


protection output after the overvoltage condition is removed.

Output short circuit Intermittently provides output and automatically


protection restores normal output after the output short circuit is
removed.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 131


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Overtemperature When the temperature of the power module reaches a


protection preset threshold, the power module stops power
output and will automatically restore power output
after the temperature drops back to the normal range.

Heat dissipation The heat dissipation is provided by the fan of the


power module.

Hot swap The device has 1+1 power module redundancy. You can
hot-swap a power module without interrupting device
operation.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-100 lists the technical specifications of the PDC1000S12-CB DC power
module.

Table 4-100 Technical specifications of the PDC1000S12-CB DC power module


Item Description

Silkscreen PDC1000S12-CB

Part number 02312JVG

Dimensions (H x W x 39.8 mm x 90 mm x 215 mm (1.57 in. x 3.54 in. x 8.46


D) in.)

Weight 1 kg

Input

Rated input voltage -48 V DC to -60 V DC


range

Maximum input -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC


voltage range

Maximum input 30 A
current

Output

Rated output voltage 12 V DC

Maximum output 11.88 V DC to 12.12 V DC


voltage range

Maximum output 1000 W


power

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 132


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

4.3.8 PAC1K2S12-B AC&240 V DC Power Module


The PAC1K2S12-B AC&240 V DC power module is a AC-input and DC-output
power module.

Mapping
Table 4-101 lists devices that support PAC1K2S12-B AC&240 V DC power module.

Table 4-101 Devices supporting PAC1K2S12-B AC&240 V DC power module

Power Module Applicable Device

PAC1K2S12-B AC&240 ● USG6680E


V DC power module ● USG6712E
● USG6716E

Appearance
Figure 4-46 illustrates the appearance of the PAC1K2S12-B AC&240 V DC power
module.

Figure 4-46 Appearance of the PAC1K2S12-B AC&240 V DC power module

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 133


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-102 Power status indicator

Indicator Name Color Status Description

STAT Power Green Steady on The power module is


status working normally.
indicator
Green Blinking The power module is in
loading or standby state, or
the power cable has been
connected but the power
module is not installed in
the device.

Red Steady on ● Fans of the power


module fail.
● The power module is in
overtemperature
protection state.
● The power input is
abnormal (input
undervoltage or input
overvoltage).
● The power output is
abnormal (output
overcurrent, output
short-circuit, or output
overvoltage).

- Off The power module receives


no power input.

Table 4-103 Interface description

Name Description

Power receptacle Connects the C13 plug of the AC power cable. For
details, see AC Power Cables.

Function
Table 4-104 lists the functions of the PAC1K2S12-B AC&240 V DC power module.

Table 4-104 Functions of the PAC1K2S12-B AC&240 V DC power module

Item Description

Input undervoltage Stops power output and automatically restores power


protection output after the input voltage becomes normal.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 134


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Input overvoltage Stops power output and automatically restores power


protection output after the input voltage becomes normal.

Input overcurrent Stops power output and does not automatically restore
protection power output after the input current becomes normal.

Output current Intermittently provides output and automatically


limiting protection restores normal output after the output current falls
within a normal range.

Output overvoltage Intermittently stops output and automatically restores


protection output after the overvoltage condition is removed.

Output short circuit Intermittently provides output and automatically


protection restores normal output after the output short circuit is
removed.

Overtemperature When the temperature of the power module reaches a


protection preset threshold, the power module stops power
output and will automatically restore power output
after the temperature drops back to the normal range.

Heat dissipation The heat dissipation is provided by the fan of the


power module.

Hot swap The device has 1+1 power module redundancy. You can
hot-swap a power module without interrupting device
operation.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-105 lists the technical specifications of the PAC1K2S12-B AC&240 V DC
power module.

Table 4-105 Technical specifications of the PAC1K2S12-B AC&240 V DC power


module

Item Description

Model PAC1K2S12-B

Part number 02312DUM

Dimensions (H x W x 39.6 mm x 66 mm x 374 mm (1.56 in. x 2.6 in. x 14.72


D) in.)

Weight 1.4 kg

Input

Rated AC input ● 100 V AC to 130 V AC, 50/60 Hz


voltage range ● 200 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 135


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Maximum AC input 90 to 290 V AC, 47 to 63 Hz


voltage range

Rated voltage of 240 240 V DC


V high-voltage DC
power input

Maximum voltage 188 V DC to 290 V DC


range of 240 V high-
voltage DC power
input

Rated input current ● 10 A (100 V AC to 130 V AC)


● 8 A (200 V AC to 240 V AC)
● 8 A (240 V DC)

Output

Rated output voltage 12 V DC

Rated output current ● 67 A (100 V AC to 130 V AC)


● 100 A (200 V AC to 240 V AC)
● 100 A (240 V DC)

Rated output power ● 800 W (100 V AC to 130 V AC)


● 1200 W (200 V AC to 240 V AC)
● 1200 W (240 V DC)

4.4 Fan Modules


This chapter describes hardware information for all fan modules of the USG6000E,
including hardware appearance, and technical specifications.

4.4.1 FAN-023A-B

Mapping
Table 4-106 lists devices that support fan module FAN-023A-B.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 136


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-106 Devices supporting fan module FAN-023A-B

Fan Module Applicable Device

FAN-023A-B ● USG6515E ● USG6605E-B


● USG6525E ● USG6615E
● USG6550E ● USG6625E
● USG6555E ● USG6630E
● USG6560E ● USG6635E
● USG6565E ● USG6650E
● USG6575E-B ● USG6655E
● USG6580E
● USG6585E

Appearance
The fan module supports hot swapping. It consists of the fan module frame, fan,
and light pipe. Figure 4-47 illustrates the appearance of the fan module.

Figure 4-47 Appearance of the fan module

Table 4-107 FAN indicator

Indicator Name Color Status Description

- FAN Green Blink The fan module is running


indicator every two normally.
seconds
(0.5 Hz)

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 137


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Indicator Name Color Status Description

Red Steady on The fan module is faulty


and needs to be replaced.

Red Blink An alarm is generated on


every two the fan module and needs
seconds to be processed accordingly.
(0.5 Hz) For details, see
SRM_ENTITY_1.3.6.1.4.1.201
1.5.25.219.2.6.5
hwFanInvalid_139264.

- Off The fan module is not


installed.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-108 lists the technical specifications of the fan module.

Table 4-108 Technical specifications of the fan module


Item Description

Model FAN-023A-B

Part number 02312DKW

Dimensions (H x W x 40 mm x 40 mm x 100.3 mm (1.57 in. x 1.57 in. x 3.95


D) in.)

Weight 0.1 kg

Maximum power 8.64 W

Maximum wind 531.94 Pa


pressure

Maximum capacity 25.29 CFM

Maximum noise 59 dB

Working voltage 7 V DC to 15 V DC
range of individual
fans

Dimensions (H x W x 40 mm x 40 mm x 28 mm (1.57 in. x 1.57 in. x 1.1 in.)


D) of each fan

Number of fans 1

4.4.2 FAN-036A-B

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 138


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Mapping
Table 4-109 lists devices that support fan module FAN-023A-B.

Table 4-109 Devices supporting fan module FAN-036A-B

Fan Module Applicable Device

FAN-036A-B ● USG6680E
● USG6712E
● USG6716E

Appearance
The fan module supports hot swapping. It consists of the fan module frame, fan,
and light pipe. Figure 4-48 illustrates the appearance of the fan module.

Figure 4-48 Appearance of the fan module

Table 4-110 FAN indicator

Indicator Name Color Status Description

- FAN Green Blink The fan module is running


indicator every two normally.
seconds
(0.5 Hz)

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 139


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Indicator Name Color Status Description

Red Steady on The fan module is faulty


and needs to be replaced.

Red Blink An alarm is generated on


every two the fan module and needs
seconds to be processed accordingly.
(0.5 Hz) For details, see
SRM_ENTITY_1.3.6.1.4.1.201
1.5.25.219.2.6.5
hwFanInvalid_139264.

- Off The fan module is not


installed.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-111 lists the technical specifications of the fan module.

Table 4-111 Technical specifications of the fan module


Item Description

Model FAN-036A-B

Part number 02312EYW

Dimensions (H x W x 40 mm x 40 mm x 128.3 mm (1.57 in. x 1.57 in. x 5.05


D) in.)

Weight 0.7 kg

Maximum power 28 W

Maximum wind 950 Pa


pressure

Maximum capacity 36 CFM

Maximum noise 69.8 dB

Working voltage 10.8 V DC to 13.2 V DC


range of individual
fans

Dimensions (H x W x 40 mm x 40 mm x 56 mm (1.57 in. x 1.57 in. x 2.2 in.)


D) of each fan

Number of fans 1

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 140


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

4.5 Storage Devices


This chapter describes hardware information for hard disk modules of the
USG6000E, including hardware appearance, functions, and technical specifications.

4.5.1 Hard Disk Unit M.2-Sata64G-A


M.2-Sata64G-A is a hot-swappable 64 GB hard disk unit.

NOTICE

Do not low-level format the hard disk. Otherwise, the hard disk cannot be used.

Mappings
Table 4-112 lists the devices that support hard disk unit M.2-Sata64G-A.

Table 4-112 List of the devices that support hard disk unit M.2-Sata64G-A

Hard Disk Unit Name Applicable Device

Hard disk unit M.2- ● USG6515E


Sata64G-A ● USG6525E

Appearance
Figure 4-49 illustrates the appearance of the hard disk unit M.2-Sata64G-A.

Figure 4-49 Appearance of the hard disk unit M.2-Sata64G-A

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 141


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Indicator Name Color Status Description

- ALM Orange Steady on The hard disk fails.


indicator
- Off The hard disk is running
properly.

- RUN Green Steady on The hard disk is running.


indicator
Green Blinking Data is being read from or
written to the hard disk.

- Off The hard disk is not


detected or the power cable
is disconnected.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-113 lists the technical specifications of the hard disk unit M.2-Sata64G-A.

Table 4-113 Technical specifications of the hard disk unit M.2-Sata64G-A

Item Description

Part number 02312DLJ

Dimensions (H x W x 10 mm x 25 mm x 110 mm (0.39 in. x 0.98 in. x 4.33


D) in.)

Weight 0.1kg

Capacity 64 GB

Port type SATA

Maximum power 2.7 W


consumption

Maximum heat 2.7 BTU/hour


consumption

4.5.2 Hard Disk Unit M.2-Sata240G-A


M.2-Sata240G-A is a hot-swappable 240 GB hard disk unit.

NOTICE

Do not low-level format the hard disk. Otherwise, the hard disk cannot be used.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 142


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Mappings
Table 4-114 lists the devices that support hard disk unit M.2-Sata240G-A.

Table 4-114 List of the devices that support hard disk unit M.2-Sata240G-A
Hard Disk Unit Name Applicable Device

Hard disk unit M.2- ● USG6515E


Sata240G-A ● USG6525E
● USG6550E
● USG6555E
● USG6560E
● USG6565E
● USG6580E
● USG6585E

Appearance
Figure 4-50 illustrates the appearance of the hard disk unit M.2-Sata240G-A.

Figure 4-50 List of the devices that support hard disk unit M.2-Sata240G-A

Indicator Name Color Status Description

- ALM Orange Steady on The hard disk fails.


indicator
- Off The hard disk is running
properly.

- RUN Green Steady on The hard disk is running.


indicator
Green Blinking Data is being read from or
written to the hard disk.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 143


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Indicator Name Color Status Description

- Off The hard disk is not


detected or the power cable
is disconnected.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-115 lists the technical specifications of the hard disk unit M.2-Sata240G-
A.

Table 4-115 Technical specifications of the hard disk unit M.2-Sata240G-A


Item Description

Part number 02312DLK

Dimensions (H x W x 10 mm x 25 mm x 110 mm (0.39 in. x 0.98 in. x 4.33


D) in.)

Weight 0.1kg

Capacity 240 GB

Port type SATA

Maximum power 5W
consumption

Maximum heat 5 BTU/hour


consumption

4.5.3 Hard Disk Unit SSD-Sata240G-A


The hard disk unit SSD-Sata240G-A consists of the 2.5-inch SATA 240GB hard disk
and hard disk tray.

NOTICE

Do not low-level format the hard disk. Otherwise, the hard disk cannot be used.

Mappings
Table 4-116 lists the devices that support hard disk unit SSD-Sata240G-A.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 144


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-116 List of the devices that support hard disk unit SSD-Sata240G-A

Hard Disk Unit Applicable Device


Name

Hard disk unit USG6575E-B ● USG6605E-B ● USG6712E


SSD-Sata240G-A ● USG6615E ● USG6716E
● USG6625E
● USG6630E
● USG6635E
● USG6650E
● USG6655E
● USG6680E

Appearance
Figure 4-51 illustrates the appearance of the hard disk unit SSD-Sata240G-A.

Figure 4-51 Appearance of the hard disk unit SSD-Sata240G-A

Table 4-117 Hard disk unit structure

Name Description

Hard disk tray The hard disk tray supports and holds the hard disk
and facilitates hard disk insertion or removal.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 145


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

Hard disk 2.5-inch SATA240GB hard disk.

Table 4-118 Indicator description


Indicator Name Color Status Description

- ALM Orange Steady on The hard disk fails.


indicator
- Off The hard disk is running
properly.

- RUN Green Steady on The hard disk is running.


indicator
Green Blinking Data is being read from or
written to the hard disk.

- Off The hard disk is not


detected or the power cable
is disconnected.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-119 lists the technical specifications of the hard disk unit SSD-Sata240G-
A.

Table 4-119 Technical specifications of the hard disk unit SSD-Sata240G-A


Item Description

Part number 02312DLH

Dimensions (H x W x 15 mm x 75 mm x 130 mm (0.59 in. x 2.95 in. x 5.12


D) in.)

Weight 0.135kg

Capacity 240 GB

Port type SATA

Maximum power 4.36 W


consumption

Maximum heat 14.86 BTU/hour


consumption

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 146


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

4.5.4 Hard Disk Unit SSD-Sata960G-A


The hard disk unit SSD-Sata960G-A consists of the 2.5-inch SATA 960GB hard disk
and hard disk tray.

NOTICE

Do not low-level format the hard disk. Otherwise, the hard disk cannot be used.

Mappings
Table 4-120 lists the devices that support hard disk unit SSD-Sata960G-A.

Table 4-120 List of the devices that support hard disk unit SSD-Sata960G-A
Hard Disk Unit Name Applicable Device

Hard disk unit SSD- USG6575E-B ● USG6605E-B


Sata960G-A ● USG6615E
● USG6625E
● USG6635E
● USG6655E

Appearance
Figure 4-52 illustrates the appearance of the hard disk unit SSD-Sata960G-A.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 147


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Figure 4-52 Appearance of the hard disk unit SSD-Sata960G-A

Table 4-121 Hard disk unit structure

Name Description

Hard disk tray The hard disk tray supports and holds the hard disk
and facilitates hard disk insertion or removal.

Hard disk 2.5-inch SATA240GB hard disk.

Table 4-122 Indicator description

Indicator Name Color Status Description

- ALM Orange Steady on The hard disk fails.


indicator
- Off The hard disk is running
properly.

- RUN Green Steady on The hard disk is running.


indicator
Green Blinking Data is being read from or
written to the hard disk.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 148


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Indicator Name Color Status Description

- Off The hard disk is not


detected or the power cable
is disconnected.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-123 lists the technical specifications of the hard disk unit SSD-Sata960G-
A.

Table 4-123 Technical specifications of the hard disk unit SSD-Sata960G-A


Item Description

Part number 02312YNW

Dimensions (H x W x 15 mm x 75 mm x 130 mm (0.59 in. x 2.95 in. x 5.12


D) in.)

Weight 0.135 kg

Capacity 960 GB

Port type SATA

Maximum power 5.23 W


consumption

Maximum heat 17.85 BTU/hour


consumption

4.5.5 Hard Disk Unit HDD-SATA1000G-A


The hard disk unit HDD-SATA1000G-A consists of the 2.5-inch SATA 1000GB hard
disk and hard disk tray.

NOTICE

Do not low-level format the hard disk. Otherwise, the hard disk cannot be used.

Mappings
Table 4-124 lists the devices that support hard disk unit HDD-SATA1000G-A.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 149


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-124 List of the devices that support hard disk unit HDD-SATA1000G-A

Hard Disk Unit Applicable Device


Name

Hard disk unit USG6575E-B ● USG6605E-B ● USG6712E


HDD-SATA1000G- ● USG6615E ● USG6716E
A
● USG6625E
● USG6630E
● USG6635E
● USG6650E
● USG6655E
● USG6680E

Appearance
Figure 4-53 illustrates the appearance of the hard disk unit HDD-SATA1000G-A.

Figure 4-53 Appearance of the hard disk unit HDD-SATA1000G-A

Table 4-125 Hard disk unit structure

Name Description

Hard disk tray The hard disk tray supports and holds the hard disk
and facilitates hard disk insertion or removal.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 150


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Name Description

Hard disk 2.5-inch SATA1000GB hard disk.

Table 4-126 Indicator description


Indicator Name Color Status Description

- ALM Orange Steady on The hard disk fails.


indicator
- Off The hard disk is running
properly.

- RUN Green Steady on The hard disk is running.


indicator
Green Blinking Data is being read from or
written to the hard disk.

- Off The hard disk is not


detected or the power cable
is disconnected.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-127 lists the technical specifications of the hard disk unit HDD-
SATA1000G-A.

Table 4-127 Technical specifications of the hard disk unit SSD-Sata240G-A


Item Description

Part number 02312DLF

Dimensions (H x W x 15 mm x 75 mm x 130 mm (0.59 in. x 2.95 in. x 5.12


D) in.)

Weight 0.135kg

Capacity 1000 GB

Port type SATA

Rotational speed 7200 RPM

Maximum power 16.72 W


consumption

Maximum heat 57.03 BTU/hour


consumption

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 151


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

4.6 Optical/Electrical Modules


This chapter describes hardware information for optical/electrical modules of the
USG6000E.

4.6.1 Before You Start


Before using the optical module, please understand the risk of using the non-
certified optical module and how to How to Identify Huawei-Certified optical
modules.

NOTICE

● A USG must use optical modules that have been certified for use. Non-certified
optical modules cannot ensure transmission reliability and may affect service
stability. Huawei is not liable for any problem caused by the use of non-
certified optical modules and will not fix such problems.
● The methods provided here are only for reference. To confirm whether optical
modules you are using have been certified for use on Huawei USGs, contact
Huawei technical support.

Risks of Using Non-Huawei-Certified Optical Modules


During certification of optical modules for USG, Huawei completes comprehensive
functionality verification to ensure quality of optical modules. The verified items
include optical module plug/unplug, transmit optical power, receive optical power,
signal transmission quality, data reading, error tolerance, compatibility,
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), and environmental parameters.
Non-Huawei-certified optical modules may cause the following problems:
● Non-standard structure and size cause failures to install optical modules on
adjacent optical interfaces.
Structures or sizes of some non-Huawei-certified optical modules do not
comply with the Multi-Source Agreement (MSA). When such an optical
module is installed on an optical interface, the size of this optical module
hinders optical module installation on adjacent optical interfaces.
● Data bus defects cause suspension of a USG's data bus.
Some non-Huawei-certified optical modules have defects in data bus designs.
Using such an optical module on a USG causes suspension of the connected
data bus on the USG. As a result, data on the suspended bus cannot be read.
● Improper edge connector size damages electronic devices of optical interfaces.
If a non-Huawei-certified USG optical module with improper edge connector
size is used on an optical interface, electronic devices of the optical interface
will be damaged by short circuits.
● Unnormalized temperature monitoring causes incorrect alarms.
The temperature monitoring systems of some non-Huawei-certified USG
optical modules do not comply with industry standards and report

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 152


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

temperature values higher than the real temperature. When such optical
modules are used on a USG, the system will report incorrect temperature
alarms.
● Improper register settings cause errors or failures in reading parameters or
diagnostic information.
Some non-Huawei-certified USG optical modules have improper register
values on page A0, which can cause errors or failures when the system
attempts to read parameters or diagnostic information from a data bus.
● Some non-Huawei-certified USG optical modules are not designed in
compliance with EMC standards and have low anti-interference capability.
Additionally, they bring electromagnetic interference to nearby devices.
● The operating temperature ranges of non-Huawei-certified USG optical
modules cannot meet service requirements. When they are used under
relatively high temperature, the optical power decreases, resulting in service
interruption.

How to Identify Huawei-Certified Optical Modules


Method 1: Check for "HUAWEI" on the label
If an optical module has been certified by Huawei, its label contains "HUAWEI", as
shown in Figure 4-54.

Figure 4-54 "HUAWEI" on the label of a Huawei-certified optical module

Method 2: Run the display esn interface command


If Certified is YES, and VendorName is huawei in the display esn interface
command output, the optical module has been certified by Huawei. Otherwise, it
is not a Huawei-certified optical module.

4.6.2 1 Gbit/s SFP Optical/Electrical Modules


1 Gbit/s SFP optical/electrical module apply to GE interfaces for interconnection
between GE optical and electrical interfaces.

4.6.2.1 SFP-1000BaseT

Table 4-128 Specifications of the SFP-1000BaseT electrical transceiver

Item Description

Part number 02314171

Transceiver form factor SFP

Interface standard 1000BASE-T

Transmission rate 10-1000 Mbit/s

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 153


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Description

Interface type RJ-45

Transmission distance 100m (328.08 ft)

Cable Type CAT5 UTP/STP

NOTE
SFP-1000BaseT cannot be used on a combo port.

4.6.3 1 Gbit/s eSFP Optical Modules


1 Gbit/s eSFP optical modules apply to the GE optical ports of Combo ports, GE
optical ports, and 10GE optical ports. The wavelength can be 850 nm, 1310 nm,
1490 nm, or 1550 nm, and the transmission distance ranges from 0.5 km (0.31 mi)
to 100 km (62.10 mi).

4.6.3.1 eSFP-GE-SX-MM850

Table 4-129 Specifications of the eSFP-GE-SX-MM850 optical module

Item Specifications

Part number 02315204

Module Form Factor eSFP

Optical connector LC
type

Optical fiber type Multi-mode

Transmission rate 2.125 Gbit/s

Interface standard 1000base-SX

Applicable cable and ● Multimode fiber (with diameter of 62.5 μm): 220 m
maximum ● Multimode fiber (OM1) (with diameter of 62.5 μm):
transmission distance 275 m
● Multimode fiber (with diameter of 50 μm): 500 m
● Multimode fiber (OM2) (with diameter of 50 μm):
550 m

Modal bandwidth ● Multimode fiber: 160 MHz*km


● Multimode fiber (OM1): 200 MHz*km
● Multimode fiber: 400 MHz*km
● Multimode fiber (OM2): 500 MHz*km

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 154


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Specifications

Operating 0°C to 70°C


temperature

Center wavelength 850 nm

Minimum transmit -9.5 dBm


optical power

Maximum transmit -2.5 dBm


optical power

Minimum extinction 9 dB
ratio

Maximum receive -17 dBm


sensitivity

Saturation optical 0 dBm


power

4.6.3.2 SFP-GE-LX-SM1310

Table 4-130 Specifications of the SFP-GE-LX-SM1310 optical module


Item Specifications

Part number 02315200

Module Form Factor eSFP

Optical connector LC
type

Optical fiber type Single-mode

Transmission rate 1.25 Gbit/s

Interface standard 1000BASE-LX10/LH

Transmission distance 10 km

Operating 0°C to 70°C


temperature

Center wavelength 1310 nm

Minimum transmit -9 dBm


optical power

Maximum transmit -3 dBm


optical power

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 155


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Specifications

Minimum extinction 9 dB
ratio

Maximum receive -20 dBm


sensitivity

Saturation optical -3 dBm


power

4.6.3.3 OSU015N00

Table 4-131 Specifications of the OSU015N00 optical module


Item Specifications

Part number 02310CPX

Module Form Factor eSFP

Optical connector LC
type

Optical fiber type Single-mode

Transmission rate 155 Mbit/s-2.67 Gbit/s

Interface standard -

Transmission distance 15 km

Operating 0°C to 70°C


temperature

Center wavelength 1310 nm

Minimum transmit -5 dBm


optical power

Maximum transmit 0 dBm


optical power

Minimum extinction 8.2 dB


ratio

Maximum receive -21 dBm


sensitivity

Saturation optical 0 dBm


power

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 156


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

4.6.3.4 S-SFP-GE-LH40-SM1310

Table 4-132 Specifications of the S-SFP-GE-LH40-SM1310 optical module

Item Specifications

Part number 02317346

Module Form Factor eSFP

Optical connector LC
type

Optical fiber type Single-mode

Transmission rate 1.25 Gbit/s

Interface standard 1000base-LX/LH

Transmission distance 40 km

Operating 0°C to 70°C


temperature

Center wavelength 1310 nm

Minimum transmit -5 dBm


optical power

Maximum transmit 0 dBm


optical power

Minimum extinction 9 dB
ratio

Maximum receive -23 dBm


sensitivity

Saturation optical -3 dBm


power

4.6.3.5 S-SFP-GE-LH40-SM1550

Table 4-133 Specifications of the S-SFP-GE-LH40-SM1550 optical module

Item Specifications

Part number 02317347

Module Form Factor eSFP

Optical connector LC
type

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 157


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Specifications

Optical fiber type Single-mode

Transmission rate 1.25 Gbit/s

Interface standard 1000BASE-LX

Transmission distance 40 km

Operating 0°C to 70°C


temperature

Center wavelength 1550 nm

Minimum transmit -5 dBm


optical power

Maximum transmit 0 dBm


optical power

Minimum extinction 9.5 dB


ratio

Maximum receive -22 dBm


sensitivity

Saturation optical -3 dBm


power

4.6.3.6 eSFP-GE-ZX100-SM1550

Table 4-134 Specifications of the eSFP-GE-ZX100-SM1550 optical module

Item Specifications

Part number 02315206

Module Form Factor eSFP

Optical connector LC
type

Optical fiber type Single-mode

Transmission rate 1.25 Gbit/s

Interface standard 1000base-ZX

Transmission distance 100 km

Operating 0°C to 70°C


temperature

Center wavelength 1550 nm

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 158


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Specifications

Minimum transmit 0 dBm


optical power

Maximum transmit 5 dBm


optical power

Minimum extinction 8 dB
ratio

Maximum receive -30 dBm


sensitivity

Saturation optical -9 dBm


power

4.6.3.7 S-SFP-GE-LH80-SM1550

Table 4-135 Specifications of the S-SFP-GE-LH80-SM1550 optical module

Item Specifications

Part number 02317348

Module Form Factor eSFP

Optical connector LC
type

Optical fiber type Single-mode

Transmission rate 1.25 Gbit/s

Interface standard 1000BASE-ZX

Transmission distance 80 km

Operating 0°C to 70°C


temperature

Center wavelength 1550 nm

Minimum transmit -2 dBm


optical power

Maximum transmit 5 dBm


optical power

Minimum extinction 9 dB
ratio

Maximum receive -23 dBm


sensitivity

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 159


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Specifications

Saturation optical -3 dBm


power

4.6.3.8 SFP-GE-LX-SM1310-BIDI

Table 4-136 Specifications of the SFP-GE-LX-SM1310-BIDI optical module


Item Specifications

Part number 02315285

Module Form Factor eSFP

Optical connector LC
type

Optical fiber type Single-mode

Transmission rate 1.25 Gbit/s

Interface standard 1000base-BX

Transmission distance 10 km

Operating 0°C to 70°C


temperature

Center wavelength TX1310nm/RX1490nm

Minimum transmit -9 dBm


optical power

Maximum transmit -3 dBm


optical power

Minimum extinction 6 dB
ratio

Maximum receive -19.5 dBm


sensitivity

Saturation optical -3 dBm


power

4.6.3.9 SFP-GE-LX-SM1490-BIDI

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 160


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-137 Specifications of the SFP-GE-LX-SM1490-BIDI optical module

Item Specifications

Part number 02315286

Module Form Factor eSFP

Optical connector LC
type

Optical fiber type Single-mode

Transmission rate 1.25 Gbit/s

Interface standard 1000base-BX

Transmission distance 10 km

Operating 0°C to 70°C


temperature

Center wavelength TX1490nm/RX1310nm

Minimum transmit -9 dBm


optical power

Maximum transmit -3 dBm


optical power

Minimum extinction 6 dB
ratio

Maximum receive -19.5 dBm


sensitivity

Saturation optical -3 dBm


power

4.6.4 10 Gbit/s SFP+ Optical Modules


10 Gbit/s SFP+ optical modules apply to 10 GE optical ports. The wavelength can
be 850 nm, 1310 nm, or 1550 nm, and the transmission distance ranges from 0.5
km (0.31 mi) to 80 km (49.71 mi).

4.6.4.1 OMXD30000

Table 4-138 Specifications of the OMXD30000 optical module

Item Specifications

Part number 02318169

Module Form Factor SFP+

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 161


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Specifications

Optical connector LC
type

Optical fiber type Multi-mode

Transmission rate 10 Gbit/s

Interface standard 10GBASE-SR

Transmission distance 0.3 km

Operating 0°C to 70°C


temperature

Center wavelength 850 nm

Minimum transmit -7.3 dBm


optical power

Maximum transmit -1.0 dBm


optical power

Minimum extinction 3.0 dB


ratio

Maximum receive -9.9 dBm


sensitivity

Saturation optical -1.0 dBm


power

4.6.4.2 OSX010000

Table 4-139 Specifications of the OSX010000 optical module


Item Specifications

Part number 02318170

Module Form Factor SFP+

Optical connector LC
type

Optical fiber type Single-mode

Transmission rate 10 Gbit/s

Interface standard 10GBASE-LR

Transmission distance 10 km

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 162


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Specifications

Operating 0°C to 70°C


temperature

Center wavelength 1310 nm

Minimum transmit -8.2 dBm


optical power

Maximum transmit 0.5 dBm


optical power

Minimum extinction 3.5 dB


ratio

Maximum receive -12.6 dBm


sensitivity

Saturation optical 0.5 dBm


power

4.6.4.3 OSX040N01

Table 4-140 Specifications of the OSX040N01 optical module


Item Specifications

Part number 02310CNF

Module Form Factor SFP+

Optical connector type LC

Optical fiber type Single-mode

Transmission rate 9.95 Gbit/s-11.1 Gbit/s

Interface standard 10GBASE-ER

Transmission distance 40 km

Operating temperature 0°C to 70°C

Center wavelength 1550 nm

Minimum transmit -4.7 dBm


optical power

Maximum transmit 4.0 dBm


optical power

Minimum extinction 3 dB
ratio

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 163


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Specifications

Maximum receive -14.1 dBm


sensitivity

Saturation optical 0.5 dBm


power

4.6.4.4 SFP-10G-USR

Table 4-141 Specifications of the SFP-10G-USR optical module


Item Specifications

Part number 02310MNW

Module Form Factor SFP+

Optical connector LC
type

Optical fiber type Multimode fiber (OM3)

Transmission rate 10.31 Gbit/s

Interface standard 10Gbase-USR

Transmission distance 0.1 km

Operating 0°C to 70°C


temperature

Center wavelength 850 nm

Minimum transmit -7.3 dBm


optical power

Maximum transmit -1.0 dBm


optical power

Minimum extinction 3.0 dB


ratio

Maximum receive -10.7 dBm


sensitivity

Saturation optical 0.5 dBm


power

4.6.4.5 SFP-10G-ZR

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 164


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-142 Specifications of the SFP-10G-ZR optical module

Item Specifications

Part number 02310SNN

Module Form Factor SFP+

Optical connector LC
type

Optical fiber type Single-mode

Transmission rate 9.95 Gbit/s-10.31 Gbit/s

Interface standard 10Gbase-ZR

Transmission distance 80 km

Operating 0°C to 70°C


temperature

Center wavelength 1550 nm

Minimum transmit 0 dBm


optical power

Maximum transmit 4 dBm


optical power

Minimum extinction 9dB


ratio

Maximum receive -24 dBm


sensitivity

Saturation optical -7 dBm


power

4.6.4.6 SFP-10G-BXU1

Table 4-143 Specifications of the SFP-10G-BXU1 optical module

Item Specifications

Part number 02310QBJ

Module Form Factor SFP+

Optical connector LC
type

Optical fiber type Single-mode

Transmission rate 2.5 Gbit/s-11.3 Gbit/s

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 165


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Specifications

Interface standard 10GBase-BIDI

Transmission distance 10 km

Operating 0°C to 70°C


temperature

Center wavelength TX1270nm/RX1330nm

Minimum transmit -8.2 dBm


optical power

Maximum transmit 0.5 dBm


optical power

Minimum extinction 3.5 dB


ratio

Maximum receive -14.4 dBm


sensitivity

Saturation optical 0.5 dBm


power

4.6.4.7 SFP-10G-BXD1

Table 4-144 Specifications of the SFP-10G-BXD1 optical module


Item Specifications

Part number 02310QDT

Module Form Factor SFP+

Optical connector LC
type

Optical fiber type Single-mode

Transmission rate 2.5 Gbit/s-11.3 Gbit/s

Interface standard 10GBase-BIDI

Transmission distance 10 km

Operating 0°C to 70°C


temperature

Center wavelength TX1330nm/RX1270nm

Minimum transmit -8.2 dBm


optical power

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 166


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Specifications

Maximum transmit 0.5 dBm


optical power

Minimum extinction 3.5 dB


ratio

Maximum receive -14.4 dBm


sensitivity

Saturation optical 0.5 dBm


power

4.6.5 40 Gbit/s QSFP+ Optical Modules


The 40 Gbit/s QSFP+ optical modules can only be used with 40 GE interfaces. The
wavelength of these 40 Gbit/s QSFP+ optical modules can be 850 nm, or 1310
nm-center multiple wavelength ranges. Transmission distances can be 0.15 km
(0.09 mi.), 0.3 km (0.18 mi.), or 10 km (6.21 mi.).

4.6.5.1 QSFP-40G-LR4

Table 4-145 Specifications of the QSFP-40G-LR4 optical module

Item Specifications

Part number 02310MHS

Module Form Factor QSFP+

Optical connector LC
type

Optical fiber type Single-mode

Transmission rate 41.25 Gbit/s

Interface standard 40GBASE-LR4

Transmission distance 10 km

Operating 0°C to 70°C


temperature

Center wavelength 1310 nm

Minimum transmit -7 dBm


optical power

Maximum transmit 2.3 dBm


optical power

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 167


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Specifications

Minimum extinction 3.5 dB


ratio

Maximum receive -11.5 dBm


sensitivity

Saturation optical 2.3 dBm


power

4.6.5.2 QSFP-40G-iSR4

Table 4-146 Specifications of the QSFP-40G-iSR4 optical module

Item Specifications

Part number 02310MHR

Module Form Factor QSFP+

Optical connector MPO


type

Optical fiber type Multi-mode

Transmission rate 41.25 Gbit/s

Interface standard 40GBASE-SR4

Applicable cable and ● Multimode fiber (OM3) (with diameter of 50 μm):


maximum 100 m
transmission distance ● Multimode fiber (OM4) (with diameter of 50 μm):
150 m

Modal bandwidth ● Multimode fiber (OM3): 2000 MHz*km


● Multimode fiber (OM4): 4700 MHz*km

Operating 0°C to 70°C


temperature

Center wavelength 850 nm

Minimum transmit -7.6 dBm


optical power

Maximum transmit 0.5 dBm


optical power

Minimum extinction 3 dB
ratio

Maximum receive -9.5 dBm


sensitivity

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 168


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Specifications

Saturation optical 2.4 dBm


power

4.6.5.3 QSFP-40G-eSR4

Table 4-147 Specifications of the QSFP-40G-eSR4 optical module


Item Specifications

Part number 02310RMB

Module Form Factor QSFP+

Optical connector MPO


type

Optical fiber type Multi-mode

Transmission rate 41.25 Gbit/s

Interface standard 40GBase-eSR4

Applicable cable and ● Multimode fiber (OM2) (with diameter of 50 μm):


maximum 0.082 km
transmission distance ● Multimode fiber (OM3) (with diameter of 50 μm):
0.3 km
● Multimode fiber (OM4) (with diameter of 50 μm):
0.4 km

Modal bandwidth ● Multimode fiber (OM2): 500 MHz*km


● Multimode fiber (OM3): 2000 MHz*km
● Multimode fiber (OM4): 4700 MHz*km

Operating 0°C to 70°C


temperature

Center wavelength 850 nm

Minimum transmit -7.6 dBm


optical power

Maximum transmit 0.5 dBm


optical power

Minimum extinction 3 dB
ratio

Maximum receive -5.4 dBm


sensitivity

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 169


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Specifications

Saturation optical 2.4 dBm


power

4.6.5.4 QSFP-40G-SDLC-PAM

Table 4-148 Specifications of the QSFP-40G-SDLC-PAM optical module


Item Specifications

Part number 02311PUU

Module Form Factor QSFP+

Optical connector LC
type

Optical fiber type Multi-mode

Transmission rate 41.25 Gbit/s

Interface standard 40GBase-SDLC

Applicable cable and ● Multimode fiber (OM3) (with diameter of 50 μm):


maximum 0.1 km
transmission distance ● Multimode fiber (OM4) (with diameter of 50 μm):
0.15 km

Modal bandwidth ● Multimode fiber (OM3): 2000 MHz*km


● Multimode fiber (OM4): 4700 MHz*km

Operating 0°C to 70°C


temperature

Center wavelength 850 nm

Minimum transmit -2.5 dBm


optical power

Maximum transmit 2.4 dBm


optical power

Minimum extinction 3 dB
ratio

Maximum receive -8 dBm


sensitivity

Saturation optical 2.4 dBm


power

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 170


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

4.6.5.5 QSFP-40G-SR-BD

Table 4-149 Specifications of the QSFP-40G-SR-BD optical module


Item Specifications

Part number 02311FPA

Module Form Factor QSFP+

Optical connector LC
type

Optical fiber type Multi-mode

Transmission rate 41.25 Gbit/s

Interface standard 40GBase-BD

Applicable cable and Multimode fiber: 0.1 km


maximum
transmission distance

Modal bandwidth -

Operating 0°C to 70°C


temperature

Center wavelength 850nm, 900nm

Minimum transmit -4 dBm


optical power

Maximum transmit 5 dBm


optical power

Minimum extinction 4.5 dB


ratio

Maximum receive -4.5 dBm


sensitivity

Saturation optical 5 dBm


power

4.6.6 100 Gbit/s QSFP28 Optical Modules


The 100 Gbit/s QSFP28 optical modules can only be used with 100 GE interfaces.
The wavelength of these 100 Gbit/s QSFP28 optical modules can be 850 nm, or
1310 nm-center multiple wavelength ranges. Transmission distances can be 1 m,
0.1 km, 2 km, or 10 km.

4.6.6.1 QSFP-100G-CWDM4

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 171


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-150 Specifications of the QSFP-100G-CWDM4 optical module

Item Specifications

Part number 02311MNN

Module Form Factor QSFP28

Optical connector LC
type

Optical fiber type Single-mode

Transmission rate 100 Gbit/s

Interface standard 100GBase-CWDM4

Transmission distance 2 km

Operating 0°C to 70°C


temperature

Center wavelength 1310 nm

Minimum transmit -6.5 dBm


optical power

Maximum transmit 2.5 dBm


optical power

Minimum extinction 3.5 dB


ratio

Maximum receive -10 dBm


sensitivity

Saturation optical 2.5 dBm


power

4.6.6.2 QSFP28-100G-LR4

Table 4-151 Specifications of the QSFP28-100G-LR4 optical module

Item Specifications

Part number 02311KNU

Module Form Factor QSFP28

Optical connector LC
type

Optical fiber type Single-mode

Transmission rate 100 Gbit/s

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 172


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Specifications

Interface standard 100GBase-LR4

Transmission distance 10 km

Operating 0°C to 70°C


temperature

Center wavelength 1310 nm

Minimum transmit -4.3 dBm


optical power

Maximum transmit 4.5 dBm


optical power

Minimum extinction 4 dB
ratio

Maximum receive -8.6 dBm


sensitivity

Saturation optical 4.5 dBm


power

4.6.6.3 QSFP28-100G-SR4

Table 4-152 Specifications of the QSFP28-100G-SR4 optical module

Item Specifications

Part number 02311GBW

Module Form Factor QSFP28

Optical connector MPO


type

Optical fiber type Multi-mode

Transmission rate 100 Gbit/s

Interface standard 100GBase-SR4

Applicable cable and Multimode fiber (OM4) (with diameter of 50 μm): 0.1
maximum km
transmission distance

Modal bandwidth Multimode fiber (OM4): 4700 MHz*km

Operating 0°C to 70°C


temperature

Center wavelength 850 nm

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 173


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Item Specifications

Minimum transmit -8.4 dBm


optical power

Maximum transmit 2.4 dBm


optical power

Minimum extinction 2 dB
ratio

Maximum receive -10.3 dBm


sensitivity

Saturation optical 2.4 dBm


power

4.7 Cable
This section describes the PGND cable, power cable, configuration cable, Ethernet
cable, and optical fiber of the USG.

4.7.1 PGND Cable


This section describes the structure and specifications of the protection ground
(PGND) cable for you to ground the USG. Read this section before you make or
purchase any PGND cables for the USG.

Structure and Appearance


A PGND cable has two OT terminals and a copper cable with yellow/green plastic
encapsulation. Figure 4-55 shows the appearance of a type of PGND cables.

NOTE

The figure is for reference only.

Figure 4-55 PGND cable

Figure 4-56 shows the appearance of the OT terminal.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 174


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Figure 4-56 OT terminal

Technical Specifications
Table 4-153 shows the technical specifications of the PGND cable.

Table 4-153 Technical specifications of the PGND cable

Name Description

PGND cable Terminal Naked Crimping Terminal, OT, 6 mm2, M6, Tin
Plating, Insulated Ring Terminal, 12~10 AWG,
yellow

Terminal Naked Crimping Terminal, OT, 6 mm2, M4, Tin


Plating, Insulated Ring Terminal, 12~10 AWG,
yellow

Cable Power Cable, 450/750 V, H07Z-K UL3386, 6 mm2,


Yellow/Green, Low Smoke Zero Halogen Cable

4.7.2 AC Power Cables


This section describes the AC power cables of the USG that uses the AC power
supply. Learn about the structure and specifications of the AC power cables and
the local standards before you purchase any for the USG.

Use a single-phase 3-line electrical outlet that has been properly grounded.

NOTICE

Make sure that the power system of the building has been grounded before you
connect the USG with AC power cables.

Structure and Appearance


The USG provides both the European-standard and North American-standard AC
power cables. Figure 4-57 and Figure 4-58 list the reference specifications. You
can select the desired power cables based on your site conditions.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 175


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Figure 4-57 England AC power cable

Figure 4-58 North American-standard AC power cable

Cable Connector
Table 4-154 lists the connectors of AC power cables.

Table 4-154 Connectors of AC power cables

Connector Description Wire Color

L Live wire Brown

N Null wire Blue

E PGND cable Yellow/Green

Technical Specifications
Table 4-155 lists the technical specifications of the AC power cables of some
regions for your reference.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 176


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

NOTICE

You must connect the AC power cable in compliance with local standards and
requirements.

Table 4-155 Technical specifications of the AC power cable


Item Description

Type of C7 straight female and C13 straight female depending on the


connector on matching power adapter or power module.
the device

Type of PI straight male, PB straight male, PF straight male, and PG


connector on curving male.
the peer end

Cable type 3 x 0.8 mm2/1 mm2 wire

Maximum 125 V/250 V


voltage

Maximum 10 A
current

4.7.3 DC Power Cables


This section describes the DC power cables of the USG that uses the DC power
supply. Learn about the structure and specifications of the DC power cable before
you make or purchase any for the USG.
The DC power cables include the RTN cable, and NEG (-48 V) cable.

Structure and Appearance


Both the RTN and NEG (-48 V) power cables consist of the terminal blocks and
cables, as shown in Figure 4-59.

Figure 4-59 Appearance of the DC power cable

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 177


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Cable Type Color

NEG cable Blue

RTN cable Black

The USG provides cord end terminals and OT terminals. You can select one of
them based on the actual condition.
Figure 4-60 shows the appearance of the cord end terminal.

Figure 4-60 Appearance of the cord end terminal

Figure 4-61 shows the appearance of the OT terminal without a cable.

Figure 4-61 Appearance of the OT terminal

Technical Specifications
Table 4-156 lists the technical specifications of the DC power cable.

Table 4-156 Technical specifications of the DC power cable

Item Description

NEG cable and RTN Power Cable,3m,2.5mm^2,(TB2PIN+2*T2.5^2BL),


cable (14UL3386B-I+14UL3386BL-I),LSZH

Cord end terminal Common Terminal,Single Cord End Terminal,Conductor


Cross Section 2.5mm^2,12.5A,Insertion Depth
8mm,Blue

OT terminal Naked Crimping Terminal,OT,2.5mm^2,M6,27A,Tin


Plating,Insulated Ring Terminal,16~14AWG,blue

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 178


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

4.7.4 Console Cable


The console cable connects the console port on the USG to the COM port on a PC.
Learn about the structure and specifications of the console cable before you
purchase or make console cables for the USG.
A console cable is an 8-wire shielded cable. The RJ45 connector connects to the
console port on the USG, and the DB9 connector connects to the COM port on a
PC.

Structure and Appearance


Figure 4-62 shows the console cable, and Table 4-157 lists the cable connection
scheme.

Figure 4-62 Appearance of the console cable

Name Description

DB9 DB9 connector(female). The connector has 9 pin holes


with IDs from 1 to 9. It connects to the COM port of a
PC.

RJ45 RJ45 connector

Pos Pin position

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 179


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-157 Console cable connection scheme


USG Signal Description RJ45 Pin ID Signal DB9 Pin ID
Direction

NA RTS (Request to 1 ← 7
Send)

NA DTR (Data Terminal 2 ← 4


Ready)

TXD TXD (Transmit Data) 3 → 2

NA DCD (Data Carrier 4 → 1


Detect)

GND GND 5 - 5

RXD RXD (Receive Data) 6 ← 3

NA DSR (Data Set 7 → 6


Ready)

NA CTS (Clear to Send) 8 → 8


NOTE
Pins in the same row are connected to each other using a cable.
The symbol → indicates that the signal travels from the RJ45 connector to the DB9
connector, whereas the symbol ← indicates that the signal travels from the DB9 connector
to the RJ45 connector.
Pos. 9 of the DB9 connector is empty.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-158 shows the technical specifications of the console cable.

Table 4-158 Technical specifications of the console cable


Item Description

Connector 1 DB9 connector - D model - 9PIN - female

Connector 2 RJ45 Network Interface Connector, Crystal Connector, 8PIN,


8BIT, Shielded, Plug

Cable Single Cable, Console Serial Port Cable, 3 m, D9F,


CC4P0.48B(S), MP8-VI

Wire 8

4.7.5 Ethernet Cable


The Ethernet cable, also called the network cable, is used for carrying signals on
Gigabit networks or networks with a lower packet rate.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 180


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Structure and Appearance


An Ethernet cable consists of twisted pairs and RJ45 connectors, as shown in
Figure 4-63.

Figure 4-63 Cable structure

Name Description

RJ45 RJ45 connector

Cable Category 5 or higher twisted pair network cable

PIN1 to PIN8 8 pins. Each pin has an ID ranging from 1 to 8.

The twisted pair network cable has eight wires. The connection between wires and
RJ45 connector pins complies with wiring scheme EIA/TIA 568A or EIA/TIA 568B,
as shown in Figure 4-64.

Figure 4-64 Wiring scheme EIA/TIA 568A or EIA/TIA 568B

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 181


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

EIA/TIA 568A EIA/TIA 568B

PINa Wireb PIN Wire

1 Green/White 1 Orange/White

2 Green 2 Orange

3 Orange/White 3 Green/White

4 Blue 4 Blue

5 Blue/White 5 Blue/White

6 Orange 6 Green

7 Brown/White 7 Brown/White

8 Brown 8 Brown
NOTE
● a. An RJ45 connector has eight pins.
● b. The wire of a twisted pair connects to the RJ45 connector pin. The color of the plastic
jacket is considered as the name of the wire.

Straight-Through and Crossover Cables


Ethernet cables are classified into straight-through and crossover cables according
to the wiring scheme used at the two ends of the cables. The interfaces of the
USG can dynamically adapt to straight-through cables and crossover cables.
Figure 4-65 and Figure 4-66 show how to distinguish and make straight-through
cables and crossover cables. You need to strictly observe the wiring scheme to
ensure the quality of services.
● Straight-through cable
The straight-through cable is also called the standard cable. Both ends of the
cable use wiring scheme EIA/TIA T568A or EIA/TIA T568B. You are advised to
use wiring scheme EIA/TIA T568B when you make straight-through cables.
Figure 4-65 shows the detail.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 182


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Figure 4-65 Schematic diagram of the connection scheme of straight-through


cables

You can use straight-through cables to connect:


– A switch or hub with an USG6000E
– Computers (including servers and workstations) with a switch or hub
● Crossover cable
The crossover cable uses wiring scheme EIA/TIA T568A for one end and
EIA/TIA T568B for the other, as shown in Figure 4-66.

Figure 4-66 Schematic diagram of the connection scheme of crossover cables

You can use the crossover cables to connect:

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 183


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

– Two USG6000Es
– An USG6000E and a computer
– Two hubs
– A switch and hubs
– Two switches
– Two computers

Shielded Cable and Unshielded Cable


Network cables are classified into shielded and unshielded ones based on whether
the twisted pair and RJ45 connector are shielded, as shown in Figure 4-67 and
Figure 4-68.

Figure 4-67 Appearance of a shielded cable

Figure 4-68 Appearance of an unshielded cable

NOTE

The figure is for reference only.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 184


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Technical Specifications
Table 4-159 lists the technical specifications of the Ethernet cable.

Table 4-159 Technical specifications of the Ethernet cable


Item Description

Connector 1 Shielded RJ45/Unshielded RJ45


and 2

Cable Category 5 or higher shielded/unshielded twisted pair network


cable

Wire 8

4.7.6 Optical Fiber


Optical fibers are used for carrying signals on Gigabit networks or networks with
higher packet rates.
Optical fibers connect to the GE, or 10GE, or 40GE, or 100GE optical port on the
USG6000E through an optical module. Select optical modules and fibers based on
peer device interfaces.

NOTICE

You are advised to use Huawei optical modules. Optical modules from other
vendors may cause incompatibility issues and lead to faults on the USG6000E.

Structure and Appearance


Optical fibers are classified into single-mode and multi-mode optical fibers.
Single-mode optical fibers are used for long-distance transmission whereas multi-
mode optical fibers are used for short-distance transmission. Indoor single-mode
optical fibers usually have a yellow jacket, as shown in Figure 4-69. The jacket of
the LC/PC-LC/PC multi-mode optical fiber is orange, as shown in Figure 4-70, and
that of the MPO/PC-MPO/PC multi-mode optical fiber is cyan, as shown in Figure
4-71. Optical fibers are not delivered with the USG6000E. Purchase optical fibers
separately as required.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 185


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Figure 4-69 LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode optical fiber

Figure 4-70 LC/PC-LC/PC multi-mode optical fiber

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 186


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Figure 4-71 MPO/PC-MPO/PC multi-mode optical fiber

NOTICE

● To ensure the normal transmission of optical signals, do not use single-mode


optical fibers to connect multi-mode optical modules, nor multi-mode optical
fibers to connect single-mode optical modules.
● To connect extension optical fibers, purchase LC/PC-LC/PC adapters.

Optical fibers have multiple types of connectors. Common connectors types


include LC/PC, SC/PC, FC/PC and MPO/PC.
● LC/PC connector

The procedure for inserting and removing LC/PC connectors is as follows:


– Insert and remove the connector along the axis without rotating the
connector.
– When you insert the fiber, carefully insert the fiber head into the optical
interface on the interface board.
– To remove the optical fiber, squeeze the pinch on the fiber connector,
gently push on the fiber connector, and then pull it out.
● SC/PC connector

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 187


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

The procedure for inserting and removing SC/PC connectors is as follows:


– Insert and remove the connector along the axis without rotating the
connector.
– When you insert the fiber, carefully insert the fiber head into the optical
interface on the interface board.
– To remove the optical fiber, gently push on the fiber connector, and then
pull out the connector.
● FC/PC connector

The procedure for inserting and removing FC/PC connectors is as follows:


– When you insert an optical fiber, aim the FC/PC connector at the optical
interface on the interface board to avoid damaging the inner layer of the
optical interface. Then insert the fiber into the optical interface, rotate
the outer screw jacket clockwise, and then fasten the optical connector.
– To remove an optical fiber, rotate the outer screw jacket counter-
clockwise on the optical interface until the screw loosens. Then gently
pull out the optical fiber.
● MPO/PC optical fiber connector

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 188


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Note the following points when removing and inserting an MPO/PC fiber
connector:
– When inserting the connector, hold the shell labeled "PUSH" and feed the
male connector into the female connector until you hear a clicking sound.
The male and female connectors are securely installed.
– To disassemble the connector, hold the shell labeled "PULL" and remove
the male connector.

There are four types of optical fibers for the USG6000E: LC/PC-LC/PC, LC/PC-
SC/PC, LC/PC-FC/PC, and MPO/PC-MPO/PC, which are based on the types of
connectors on both ends of the fibers, as listed in Table 4-160.

Table 4-160 Common optical fiber types

Type Transmission Connector


Mode
On the USG6000E On the peer device

LC/PC-LC/PC Single-mode/ LC/PC LC/PC


Multi-mode
LC/PC-SC/PC SC/PC

LC/PC-FC/PC FC/PC

MPO/PC- Multi-mode MPO/PC MPO/PC


MPO/PC

Precautions
When using optical modules and optical fibers, pay attention to the following to
ensure proper communication between devices:

● Use single-mode and multi-mode optical fibers as required.


● Tx (sending) of the local device corresponds to Rx (receiving) of the peer
device.
● The wavelengths of the optical modules on both ends must be the same.
● Do not overbend optical fibers. The bend radius must not be shorter than 40
mm.

CAUTION

To avoid eye injuries, do not look straight at the optical transmit interface of the
laser or the optical connector.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-161 lists the technical specifications of the optical fiber and is for
reference only. Select optical fibers as required.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 189


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 4 Hardware Overview

Table 4-161 Technical specifications of the optical fiber


Item Specifications

Transmission mode Single-mode/Multi-mode

Connector ● On the USG6000E: LC/PC and MPO/PC


● On the peer device: LC/PC, SC/PC, FC/PC or MPO/PC

Outer diameter 2 mm

Length 5 m, 10 m, or 20 m

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 190


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

5 Hardware Installation

This chapter describes hardware installation procedures and precautions.

5.1 Installation Procedure


This section describes the installation procedure of the USG6000E.
procedure and precaution for unpacking and checking the products before
installation has started.
Figure 5-1 shows the USG devices installation procedure.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 191


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Figure 5-1 Installation flowchart

5.2 Installation Preparation


This section describes the safety precautions that you must observe and the tools
that must be prepared before you install the USG.

5.2.1 Precautions
This section describes the precautions that you must observe before installing the
USG. Misoperation may cause personal injury or damage to the USG.

NOTE

This section describes common precautions related to installation. For more precautions,
see Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information.

Safety Precautions
To ensure your own personal safety and to help protect your device from damage,
observe the safety warnings on device labels and in the operation manual.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 192


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Information marked NOTICE, CAUTION, WARNING, and DANGER in the


operation manual is not exhaustive, but supplements safety precautions.

Local Laws and Regulations


Comply with local laws and regulations while performing operations on the
device. All safety precautions in the operation manual only supplement local
safety regulations.

Basic Installation Requirements


Requirements for Huawei installation and maintenance personnel before they can
perform related operations are as follows:
● Only qualified and trained engineers can install, operate, and maintain
Huawei equipment.
● Only qualified professionals can remove safety facilities and troubleshoot
Huawei equipment.
● Only authorized or certified personnel can replace Huawei components
(including software).
● Installation and maintenance personnel must report all faults and errors that
may cause safety issues to the person in charge.

Personal Safety Warnings


● Do not operate or cable the device during electrical storms.
● To avoid electric shock, do not connect the safety extra-low voltage (SELV)
terminal to the telephone-network voltage (TNV) terminal.
● To avoid possible eye damage, do not look into the optical cable outlet
without eye protection.
● Wear an antistatic suit, ESD gloves, and ESD wrist strap and remove any
jewelry and watches before entering the equipment room to avoid possible
electrical shock or injury.
● In the event of fire, evacuate the equipment room and nearby areas and pull
the fire alarm or call your local emergency number.

Device Security Precautions


● Fix the device on the ground or other secure places, such as against the wall
or on the mounting shelf.
● Do not block the air vent when the device is running.
● Tighten the screws with proper tools when installing the panels.
● Remove all plastic packing materials from the equipment room after the
installation is complete.

5.2.2 Installation Environment Check


Before you install a USG, verify that the installation environment meets
requirements to ensure the normal running and extended life time of the USG.
Table 5-1 lists installation environment check items.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 193


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Table 5-1 Installation environment checklist

Check Item Requirement Compliance

Ventilation and heat Complies with □ Y □ N □ N/A


dissipation requirements in Device
Position.
Stability □ Y □ N □ N/A

Grounding □ Y □ N □ N/A

Temperature Complies with □ Y □ N □ N/A


requirements in
Relative humidity Humidity, Temperature, □ Y □ N □ N/A

Cleanness and Cleanness. □ Y □ N □ N/A

Electrostatic discharging Complies with □ Y □ N □ N/A


requirements in ESD
Requirements.

Surge protection Complies with □ Y □ N □ N/A


requirements in
Lightning Protection
and Grounding.

Power supply facility Complies with □ Y □ N □ N/A


requirements in Power
Supply.

Electromagnetic Complies with □ Y □ N □ N/A


shielding requirements in
Electromagnetic
Protection.

5.2.3 Instruments Required for the Installation


This section describes the instruments and meters for installing the USG.

Table 5-2 lists the required instruments and meters for USG installation.

Table 5-2 Required instruments and meters

Category Instrument/Meter

Measuring and ● Ruler: used to measure length.


lineation ● Marker: used to indicate specific lengths with drawn
instruments lines.

Fastening tools ● Flat-head screwdriver: used to fasten small screws and


bolts.
● Phillips screwdriver: used to fasten small screws and
bolts.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 194


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Category Instrument/Meter

Drilling tools ● Hammer drill: used to drill mounting holes during wall-
mounting.
● Vacuum cleaner: used to remove dust and debris
produced while drilling holes.
● Hammer: used to drive the hollow wall anchors into
mounting holes.

Pliers ● Needle-nose pliers: used to hold small fittings and twist


fine wires in a narrow workplace.
● Diagonal cutting pliers: used to cut insulated sleeves
and tie wraps.

Auxiliary tools ● Knife: used to peel the insulated sleeve from the cable.
● Ladder: used to access overhead cabling.

Special tools ● Wire stripper: used to peel the insulated sleeve of the
communication cable.
● RJ-45 crimping tool: used to crimp RJ-45 cables for
telephony and Ethernet applications.
● Crimping tool: used to crimp the metal sleeve at the
ends of coaxial cables.
● Floating nut mounting bar: used to install floating nuts
to the mounting bars of the cabinet.
● ESD gloves: used to protect the device from being
damaged by static electricity.
● ESD wrist strip: used to protect the device from being
damaged by static electricity.
● Protective gloves: used to shield hands from being
injury by sharp objects.

Meters ● Network cable tester: used to test whether a network


cable is connected and check the connection sequence
in a network cable.
● Optical power meter: used to test the optical power.
● Optical attenuator: used to measure optical
attenuation.
● Multimeter: used to test insulation within the cabinet,
cable connections, and electric performance
specifications of the device, such as the voltage,
current, and resistance.
● Ground resistance tester: used to measure the ground
resistance.
● Configuration terminal (A common PC is also
applicable).

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 195


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

5.3 Installing a Desktop Device


This chapter provides the cabinet-mounting, workbench-mounting, wall-mounting,
and cable connection methods of the USG6510E, USG6510E-POE, USG6530E.

5.3.1 Mounting a Device to a Specified Location


The USG6510E, USG6510E-POE, USG6530E can be mounted in a 19-inch standard
cabinet. When no cabinet is available, install the USG6510E, USG6510E-POE,
USG6530E on a workbench or a wall.

5.3.1.1 Mounting a Device in a Cabinet


The USG6510E, USG6510E-POE, USG6530E can be mounted in a 19-inch standard
cabinet using mounting ears.

Precautions
Before installing the USG, check the following items:
● Before unpacking the carton, ensure that the packing carton is intact and not
damaged or soaked. Stop unpacking if the USG is rusted or soggy. Then,
investigate causes and contact the supplier.
● The cabinet is stable.
● The position for the USG in the cabinet is well arranged.
● Ensure that the USG is 1 U of clearance from any devices above and below
and 150 mm of clearance from any devices on the right or left.
● The device to be installed is staged near the cabinet for convenience.
You can place either end of the USG chassis towards the front door of the cabinet.
In this manual, the front panel of the USG is towards the front door of the
cabinet.

Tools and Accessories


● Phillips screwdriver
● Floating nuts and matching screws
● Floating mounting bar
● Mounting ears and matching screw (purchased separately, BOM numbers:
21240477)
● Holding plate and matching screw (purchased separately, BOM numbers:
21243646)

Procedure
Step 1 Install mounting ears on the chassis.
Use a Phillips screwdriver to fix the mounting ears to both sides of the chassis
with M4 screws, as shown in Figure 5-2.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 196


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Figure 5-2 Installing the mounting ears on the chassis

NOTE

If the tray installation mode is used, skip this step.

Step 2 Install floating nuts.


Figure 5-3 illustrates the positions of floating nuts.

Figure 5-3 Positions of floating nuts

Use M6 screws to fix the floating nuts at the positions specified in Figure 5-3, as
shown in Figure 5-4.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 197


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Figure 5-4 Installing floating nuts

Step 3 (Optional) Install the device to a tray. For details, see the installation guide
delivered with the tray.

Step 4 Mount the USG in the cabinet.


1. Lift the USG and move it to the cabinet.
2. Use a Phillips screwdriver to install M6 screws and fix the USG into the
cabinet through mounting ears, as shown in Figure 5-5.

Figure 5-5 Mounting the USG in a cabinet

----End

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 198


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Follow-up Procedure
Perform the following checks after the installation:
● Ensure that the USG is placed securely inside the cabinet.
● Ensure that the exhaust of the USG is not blocked by other objects.

5.3.1.2 Mounting a Device on a Workbench


If you do not have a cabinet, you can mount the USG6510E, USG6510E-POE,
USG6530E on a workbench.

Precautions
Before unpacking the carton, ensure that the packing carton is intact and not
damaged or soaked. Stop unpacking if the USG is rusted or soggy. Then,
investigate causes and contact the supplier.
The workbench must be:
● Reliably grounded.
● Clean, firm, and securely installed.

Accessories
Four rubber feet

Procedure
Step 1 Fix the rubber feet to the round notches at the bottom of the USG.
NOTE

Install foot pads at the bottom of the USG to ensure smooth contact between the USG and
the workbench and avoid friction between the surface of the USG and the workbench.

Step 2 Place the USG on the workbench.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 199


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Figure 5-6 Placing the USG with rubber feet on a workbench

----End

Follow-up Procedure
Verify the following after the installation:

● The USG is securely placed on the workbench.


● No object blocks the exhaust of the USG, and there is at least 10 cm of
distance between the USG and surrounding devices.
● There are no heavy objects on the USG.

5.3.1.3 Mounting a Device Against a Wall


When no cabinet is available, you can mount the USG6510E, USG6510E-POE,
USG6530E on a wall. The customer must have expansion screws for wall-
mounting.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 200


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Precautions
Before unpacking the carton, ensure that the packing carton is intact and not
damaged or soaked. Stop unpacking if the USG is rusted or soggy. Then,
investigate causes and contact the supplier.

Tools and Accessories


● Ruler
● Marker
● Hammer drill
● Vacuum cleaner
● Hammer
● Phillips screwdriver
● Mounting ears and matching screw (purchased separately, BOM numbers:
21240477)

Procedure
Step 1 Fix mounting ears to both sides of the panel with ports using M4 screws.

Figure 5-7 Installing the mounting ears on the chassis

Step 2 Determine the locations of four mounting holes on the wall using a ruler and
mark the mounting holes with a marker.
NOTE

● The wall must be a bearing wall. Otherwise, the wall is not suitable for wall-mounting.
● Ensure that the height of mounting holes is proper so that the indicators are easy to
view.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 201


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Figure 5-8 Spacing between mounting holes

Step 3 Drill holes and install expansion bolts.

NOTICE

Ensure that the expansion bolts are secure and reliable. Otherwise, the tension
after cables are connected may cause the USG6510E, USG6510E-POE, USG6530E
to fall.

1. Use a φ8 drill bit to drill holes in the marked positions.


2. Insert expansion bolts into the holes and screw the nuts to fasten the
expansion bolts.
3. Remove the nut, flat washer, and spring washer.

Figure 5-9 Drilling holes and installing expansion bolts

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 202


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Step 4 Secure the USG on the wall and fasten the flat washers, spring washers, and nuts
in order.
NOTE

The USG supports upward mounting and downward mounting. To prevent water from
entering into ports and causing device damage, you are advised to mount the USG with
ports facing downward.

Figure 5-10 Mounting the USG on a wall

----End

Follow-up Procedure
After wall-mounting is complete, verify that:
● The USG is securely fixed on the wall.
● A clearance of 10 cm is maintained around the USG and the air flow is not
blocked.

5.3.2 Connecting a PGND Cable


Connecting the PGND cable of a USG6510E, USG6510E-POE, USG6530E correctly
is a key measure of surge protection and resistance to interference. Before using
the USG6510E, USG6510E-POE, USG6530E, correctly connect the PGND cable.
Otherwise, the USG may be damaged.

Precautions
The USG has been installed inside a cabinet.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 203


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Tools
● Phillips screwdriver
● Multimeter

Procedure
Step 1 Loosen and remove the screw of the ground terminal on the USG rear panel.
Step 2 Connect the OT terminal at one end of the PGND cable to the connection hole of
the USG, with the conducting wire upward, and tighten the M4 screw, as shown in
A of Figure 5-11, and tighten the M4 screw. The tightening torque is 1.4 N·m.

Figure 5-11 Installing the OT terminal

NOTE

The ground cable of the USG6510E, USG6510E-POE, USG6530E must be routed upwards.

Step 3 Connect the M6 end of the PGND cable to the ground terminal of the cabinet,
workbench, or wall. The tightening torque of the M6 screw is 4.8 N·m.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 204


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Figure 5-12 Connecting a PGND cable

NOTICE

The OT terminal may rotate and result in device damage. Make sure that it is
independent of the adjacent metal mechanical part or other terminals.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
Verify the following after the cabling is complete:
● The PGND cable is securely connected to the ground terminal.
● The electrical resistance between the ground terminal and ground point is less
than 0.1 ohm on a multimeter.

5.3.3 Installing a Micro SD Card


This section describes how to install a micro SD card for the first time to avoid
damages.

Precautions
● Micro SD cards are optional and are not delivered with the device. If required,
purchase the micro SD card (part number: 06010308) from Huawei. The micro
SD card model is SDSDQAE-064G, the capacity is 64 GB, and dimensions (H x
W x D) are 1 mm x 15 mm x 11 mm (0.04 in. x 0.59 in. x 0.43 in.).

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 205


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

● The micro SD card can be installed no matter the device is powered off or the
device is running. The installation methods are the same. In this section, the
micro SD card is installed when the device is powered off.
● To replace the micro SD card when the USG is powered on, you must run the
sd-card offline command in the system view first. After the system displays a
message indicating that the micro SD card is offline, remove the micro SD
card. Otherwise, the micro SD card might be damaged, and the data may be
lost. For details, see Replacing a Micro SD Card (USG6510E, USG6510E-
POE, USG6530E).
● Make sure that you have worn an ESD wrist strap and the strap is well
grounded before you hold the micro SD card. Otherwise, the micro SD card
may be damaged.

Tools
● Phillips screwdriver
● ESD wrist strap

Procedure
Step 1 Determine the slot (the slot with a "micro SD" mark on the rear panel) for
installing the micro SD card.
Step 2 Install the micro SD card and anti-theft board.
NOTE

● Note that the micro SD card must be installed with the face with words upwards.
● Do not use too much force; otherwise the micro SD or micro SD card slot might be
damaged.
1. Insert the micro SD along the guide rail to the micro SD card slot.
2. When you hear a click, the micro SD card is in position.
3. Hook the locating hook on the anti-theft board to the locating hole of the
rear panel and tighten the captive screw on the anti-theft board.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 206


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Figure 5-13 Installing the micro SD card and anti-theft board

----End

Follow-up Procedure
After the micro SD card is installed, power on the USG and run the display sd-
card information command in any view to check the micro SD card installation
and file system mounting status. If SD Card Physical State is Present and SD
Card File System State is Mounted, the micro SD card is working properly.
● If SD Card Physical State is Absent, re-install the micro SD card and try
again. If SD Card Physical State remains the same, the USG may fail to
identify the micro SD card. You are advised to use another micro SD card.
● If SD Card File System State is Unmounted, the micro SD card format might
not be ext4. You need to run the reset sd-card command in the system view
to format the micro SD card.

5.3.4 Connecting a Console Cable


After connecting a PC to the console port of a USG6510E, USG6510E-POE,
USG6530E with a console cable, you can use the terminal emulation program on
the PC to access the command configuration interface of the USG6510E,
USG6510E-POE, USG6530E.

Precautions
Before connecting a console cable, perform the following operations:
● Check preparations.
A PC is ready, a USG has been installed, and the ports to be connected are
planned.
● Prepare cable labels.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 207


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Before cable connection, labels must be prepared for the cable.

NOTICE

● Make sure that the PC and the USG are connected to the same ground point.
Otherwise, the console port of the USG may be damaged.
● Pay attention to port numbering and make sure that the cable is connected to
the correct port, preventing damage to ports or the device.

Tools
Console cable (prepared by the user)

Procedure
Step 1 Before connecting a console cable, attach temporary labels to both ends of the
cable for identification.

Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the console cable to the console port (RJ45) of the
USG.

Step 3 Connect the DB9 connector of the console cable to the COM port of the
management PC.

Figure 5-14 Connecting a console cable to the USG

Step 4 Remove the temporary labels and attach labels 2 cm away from connectors at
both ends of the console cable.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
After the cable connection is complete, verify that:

● The labels at both ends of a cable are correct, clear, neat, and facing the same
direction.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 208


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

● Cables and connectors are free of damage or breakage and are connected
properly.
For details on the console login, refer to the Configuration Guide.

5.3.5 Connecting an Ethernet Cable


Based on the network plan, you can connect one end of an Ethernet cable to the
Ethernet port of a USG6510E, USG6510E-POE, USG6530E and the other end to the
Ethernet port of the peer device.

Context
Before connecting the Ethernet cable, perform the following operations:
● Check construction conditions.
The peer device has been installed in the equipment room, and the port to
which the Ethernet cable is to be connected has been determined.
● Check the cabling route.
The engineering document should specify the cabling route from the cabinet
to the peer device in the equipment room, and the length of the cable is
calculated based on the cabling path.
● Label the cable.
The cable must be labeled before being connected to the devices.

NOTICE

● Only shielded cables are supported on the USG.


● Before connecting a cable, note the label on the port and make sure that the
cable is inserted into the correct port. Otherwise, the port module or the device
might be damaged.

Procedure
Step 1 If multiple network cables need to be connected, attach temporary labels to both
ends of each cable for identification.
Step 2 Connect one end of an Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port of the USG and the
other end to the Ethernet port of the peer device based on the network plan.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 209


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Figure 5-15 Connecting an Ethernet cable

Step 3 Lay out the Ethernet cable along a cabinet and route the cable through the cable
hole for the signal cables at the top (overhead cabling) or bottom (underfloor
cabling) of the cabinet.

Step 4 Remove the temporary labels and attach labels (2 cm away from connectors) at
both ends of the Ethernet cable.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
Verify the following after the installation:

● The labels at both ends of the cable are correct, clear, neat, and facing the
same direction.
● The cables and connectors are free of any damage or breakage and are
connected properly and reliably.

5.3.6 Installing Optical Transceivers and Connecting Optical


Fibers
This section describes how to install optical transceivers on the SFP or SFP+ ports
and connect them to the ports of the peer device using optical fibers according to
the network plan.

Context
The USG supports both 1 Gbit/s , 10 Gbit/s, and 40 Gbit/s optical modules. The
optical modules at both ends are the same, including the optical fiber type
(single-mode or multi-mode), optical fiber connector type (LC/PC, SC/PC, FC/PC,
or MPO/PC-MPO/PC), and transmission rate. If different optical modules are used
at the two ends, the communication may fail.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 210


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

NOTICE

Huawei optical modules are recommended. The optical modules from other
vendors may cause faults on the USG due to incompatibility.

CAUTION

Do not look into the optical interface of the optical module or the optical fiber
connector without eye protection.

Before connecting optical fiber cables, read the following precautions:


● Do not overbend optical fibers, and the radius should not be shorter than 40
mm.
● Do not bundle the optical fibers too tight. Otherwise, the transmission
performance of the optical fibers and the communication between devices
might be adversely affected.
Before connecting optical ensure the following:
● The optical module has been installed.

Procedure
Step 1 Insert an optical transceiver into the SFP or SFP+ port of the USG.
Step 2 Remove the dust cap from the optical transceiver.
NOTE

Set aside the dust cap properly for future use. After optical fiber are disconnected for
maintenance, use the dust cap to prevent the optical transceiver from dust.

Step 3 Before connecting an optical fiber, attach temporary labels to both ends of the
optical fiber for identification.
Step 4 Remove protective caps from optical fiber connectors, insert optical fibers into the
optical transceiver, and connect the fiber to the peer device.
NOTE

Ensure that the Tx and Rx ports are correctly connected.

Ensure that the TX and RX ports on one end of the optical fiber cable are
connected to the RX and TX ports (respectively) on the other end.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 211


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Figure 5-16 Installing optical transceivers and connecting optical fibers

Step 5 Repeat Step 1 to Step 4 to install all optical transceivers and connect all optical
fibers.
----End

Follow-up Procedure
After you power on the USG, check the connection by observing the optical port
indicator. If the indicator is on or blinks, the link is connected or data is being
transmitted. If the indicator is off, the link is disconnected. Possible causes for the
disconnection are as follows:
● The optical fiber is improperly inserted. Pull out the optical fiber and re-insert
it.
● The RX and TX optical ports are inserted reversely. Pull out the optical fibers,
change their position, and re-insert them.
● The optical module is damaged or the optical fiber is broken. Replace the
optical module or the optical fiber.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 212


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

5.3.7 Connecting a Power Adapter


A power adapter can be used to supply power for a USG6510E, USG6510E-POE,
USG6530E. Prepare an AC power cable to connect the power connector and the
power source of the equipment room.

Context
Before connecting a power connector, ensure that the power source of the
equipment room meets the input requirements of the USG power module.

Procedure
Step 1 Ensure that the PGND cable is properly grounded.
Step 2 Insert a cable-retention clip into the jack next to the power socket.
Step 3 Connect a power adapter.
1. Plug the C7 plug of the AC power cable into the C14 socket of the power
adapter.
2. Insert the tuning fork plug connector of the power adapter into the power
socket on the USG rear panel and adjust the cable-retention clip to an
appropriate position.
3. Use a cable-retention clip to bundle the cable of the power adapter and
adjust the cable-retention clip to fasten the cable.
4. Plug the other end of the AC power cable to the AC power socket or the
output of the AC power supply device.
NOTE

The USG does not have any power switch. The power supply switch determines the
power-on and power-off of the USG.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 213


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Figure 5-17 Connecting a power adapter to the (USG6510E, USG6530E)

Figure 5-18 Connecting a power adapter to the (USG6510E-POE)

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 214


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

----End

Follow-up Procedure
Verify the following after the connection is complete:

● The power cable is firmly connected to the power supply socket.


● If multiple USGs are deployed, the power cables of each USG are correctly
labeled for distinction.

5.3.8 Powering On or Off the USG6510E, USG6510E-POE,


USG6530E
This section describes how to power on or off the USG6510E, USG6510E-POE,
USG6530E. To ensure the normal start and security of the USG6510E, USG6510E-
POE, USG6530E, strictly follow the operation guide to power on or off the
USG6510E, USG6510E-POE, USG6530E.

Context
Before you power on the USG, ensure that:
● The power cable and PGND cable are properly connected.
● The power switch in the equipment room is easy to locate so that you can
power off devices in the case of accidents.

Procedure
● Power on the USG.

The USG starts after the switch of the power supply device is turned on.

You can identify the USG status based on indicators on the front panel.
Indicators shown in Figure 5-19 indicate that the USG is running normally.

Figure 5-19 Indicators when the USG runs normally

● Power off the USG.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 215


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

NOTICE

Before powering off the USG, ensure that configuration data is saved.
Otherwise, the configuration data may be lost.

If the USG will be administratively shut down for a long time, turn off the
power switch. After powering off the USG, set it aside properly according to
storage requirements.
----End

Follow-up Procedure
After the USG is powered on, you can log in to the configuration page for
management and maintenance. For details, refer to the Configuration Guide.

5.4 Installing a 420 mm Deep Device


This chapter provides the cabinet-mounting, workbench-mounting, and cable
connection methods of the USG6515E, USG6525E, USG6550E, USG6555E,
USG6560E, USG6565E, USG6575E-B, USG6580E, USG6585E, USG6605E-B,
USG6615E, USG6625E, USG6630E, USG6635E, USG6650E, USG6655E series.

5.4.1 Mounting a Device to a Specified Location


The USG6515E, USG6525E, USG6550E, USG6555E, USG6560E, USG6565E,
USG6575E-B, USG6580E, USG6585E, USG6605E-B, USG6615E, USG6625E,
USG6630E, USG6635E, USG6650E, USG6655E can be mounted in a 19-inch
standard cabinet. When no cabinet is available, you can mount the USG6515E,
USG6525E, USG6550E, USG6555E, USG6560E, USG6565E, USG6575E-B,
USG6580E, USG6585E, USG6605E-B, USG6615E, USG6625E, USG6630E,
USG6635E, USG6650E, USG6655E on a workbench.

5.4.1.1 Mounting a Device in a Cabinet


Install the USG6515E, USG6525E, USG6550E, USG6555E, USG6560E, USG6565E,
USG6575E-B, USG6580E, USG6585E, USG6605E-B, USG6615E, USG6625E,
USG6630E, USG6635E, USG6650E, USG6655E to the cabinet through the
expandable rear mounting ears or adjustable guide rails.

Precautions
Before installing the USG, check the following items:
● Before unpacking the carton, ensure that the packing carton is intact and not
damaged or soaked. Stop unpacking if the USG is rusted or soggy. Then,
investigate causes and contact the supplier.
● The cabinet is stable.
● Before installing the expandable rear mounting ears or adjustable guide rails
on the USG6515E, USG6525E, USG6550E, USG6555E, USG6560E, USG6565E,

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 216


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

USG6575E-B, USG6580E, USG6585E, USG6605E-B, USG6615E, USG6625E,


USG6630E, USG6635E, USG6650E, USG6655E, adjust the distance between
the front and rear angle gauges (rack mounting rails/vertical columns) to
satisfy the installation requirements. The specific scope of application is as
follows:

Table 5-3 Expandable rear mounting ears and adjustable guide rails
Distance Between Expandable Rear Mounting Ears and Adjustable
the Front and Rear Guide Rails
Mounting Bars and
Cabinet Type

Expandable rear
mounting ears (BOM
number: 21240492)
● Distance between
the front and rear
mounting bars:
310 mm to 538
mm
● Cabinet depth:
600 mm to 800
mm

Expandable rear
mounting ears (BOM
number: 21240537)
● Distance between
the front and rear
mounting bars:
638 mm to 835
mm
● Cabinet depth:
1000 mm to 1200
mm

Adjustable guide
rails (BOM number:
21242247)
● Distance between
the front and rear
mounting bars:
370 mm to 585
mm
● Cabinet depth:
600 mm to 800
mm

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 217


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Distance Between Expandable Rear Mounting Ears and Adjustable


the Front and Rear Guide Rails
Mounting Bars and
Cabinet Type

Adjustable guide
rails (BOM number:
21242246)
● Distance between
the front and rear
mounting bars:
500 mm to 850
mm
● Cabinet depth:
1000 mm to 1200
mm

● The position for the USG in the cabinet is well arranged. Ensure that the USG
is 1 U of clearance from any devices above and below and 150 mm of
clearance from any devices on the right or left.
● The USG to be installed is staged near the cabinet for convenience.
● In the front view, the air flow of the USG is front to rear. If the USG and a
device whose air flow is rear to front must be mounted in the same cabinet,
maintain certain spacing between them to prevent hot air recirculation.

You can place either end of the USG chassis towards the front door of the cabinet.
In this manual, the front panel of the USG is towards the front door of the
cabinet.

NOTE

The method of installing expandable rear mounting ears (BOM number: 21240492) is the
same as that of installing expandable rear mounting ears (BOM number: 21240537). The
following uses the expandable rear mounting ears (BOM number: 21240492) as examples.

Tools and Accessories


● Phillips screwdriver
● Floating nuts and matching screws
● Floating mounting bar
● Front mounting ears and corresponding screws
● Expandable rear mounting ears and corresponding screws (purchased
separately, BOM numbers: 21240492 and 21240537)
● Adjustable guide rails and matching screws (purchased separately, BOM
numbers: 21242247 and 21242246)

Procedure
Step 1 Install mounting ears on the chassis.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 218


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Use a Phillips screwdriver to fix the mounting ears to both sides of the chassis
with M4 screws. The maximum torque is 1.4 N m. For details about how to install
the mounting ears, see the installation methods in Table 5-4.

NOTE

● The front mounting brackets, rear mounting brackets, and rear mounting bracket guide rails
must be installed on both sides of the USG. Table 5-4 shows the installation on one side.
Install them on the other side in the same way.
● To ensure sufficient cabling space, reserve at least 130 mm of vertical distance from the
USG's port side to the interior side of the cabinet door.
● After the installation is complete, the rear mounting brackets and rear mounting bracket
guide rails will not block cables routed from the ports or touch the cabinet door.

Table 5-4 Installation of front and rear mounting ears


Distance Between Installation of Front Mounting Brackets, Rear
Front and Rear Mounting Brackets, and Rear Mounting Bracket
Mounting Rails Guide Rails

310 mm to 351 mm

369 mm to 410 mm

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 219


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Distance Between Installation of Front Mounting Brackets, Rear


Front and Rear Mounting Brackets, and Rear Mounting Bracket
Mounting Rails Guide Rails

438 mm to 479 mm

497 mm to 538 mm

638 mm to 696 mm

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 220


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Distance Between Installation of Front Mounting Brackets, Rear


Front and Rear Mounting Brackets, and Rear Mounting Bracket
Mounting Rails Guide Rails

697 mm to 835 mm

Step 2 Install floating nuts and cabinet guide rails.


1. Determine the positions for installing the guide rails and floating nuts, as
shown in Figure 5-20.

NOTICE

Install the two guide rails at the same height to ensure that the device is
level.

Figure 5-20 Positions of floating nuts

2. Install the floating nuts that match M6 screws at the positions marked in
Figure 5-20. Figure 5-21 illustrates how to install a floating nut.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 221


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Figure 5-21 Installing floating nuts

3. Install guide rails in the correct direction. Identify the left and right guide rails,
and the front and rear ends of each guide rail.
Fix expandable rear mounting ears and adjustable guide rails (at the positions
marked in Figure 5-20) to the left and right of the cabinet with M6 screws, as
shown in Figure 5-22.

Figure 5-22 Installing guide rails

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 222


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

4. (Optional) Install adjustable guide rails (BOM numbers: 21242247 and


21242246). For details, see the installation guide delivered with the adjustable
guide rails.

Step 3 Mount the USG in the cabinet.


1. Hold the bottom of the USG with both hands and move the USG into the
cabinet. Align the rear mounting ears with the rear mounting ear guide rails
and slowly slide the USG along the guide rails.
2. Use M6 screws to fix the mounting ears of the USG to the mounting rack, as
shown in Figure 5-23.

Figure 5-23 Mounting the USG in a cabinet

----End

Follow-up Procedure
Perform the following checks after the installation:

● Ensure that the USG is placed securely inside the cabinet.


● Ensure that the exhaust of the USG is not blocked by other objects.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 223


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

5.4.1.2 Mounting a Device on a Workbench


If you do not have a cabinet, you can mount the USG6515E, USG6525E,
USG6550E, USG6555E, USG6560E, USG6565E, USG6575E-B, USG6580E,
USG6585E, USG6605E-B on a workbench.

Precautions
Before unpacking the carton, ensure that the packing carton is intact and not
damaged or soaked. Stop unpacking if the USG is rusted or soggy. Then,
investigate causes and contact the supplier.
The workbench must be:
● Reliably grounded.
● Clean, firm, and securely installed.

Accessories
Four rubber feet

Procedure
Step 1 Fix the rubber feet to the round notches at the bottom of the USG.
NOTE

Install foot pads at the bottom of the USG to ensure smooth contact between the USG and
the workbench and avoid friction between the surface of the USG and the workbench.

Step 2 Place the USG on the workbench.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 224


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Figure 5-24 Placing the USG with rubber feet on a workbench

----End

Follow-up Procedure
Verify the following after the installation:
● The USG is securely placed on the workbench.
● No object blocks the exhaust of the USG, and there is at least 10 cm of
distance between the USG and surrounding devices.
● There are no heavy objects on the USG.

5.4.2 Connecting a PGND Cable


Connecting the PGND cable of a USG6515E, USG6525E, USG6550E, USG6555E,
USG6560E, USG6565E, USG6575E-B, USG6580E, USG6585E, USG6605E-B,

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 225


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

USG6615E, USG6625E, USG6630E, USG6635E, USG6650E, USG6655E correctly is a


key measure of surge protection and resistance to interference. Before using the
USG6515E, USG6525E, USG6550E, USG6555E, USG6560E, USG6565E, USG6575E-
B, USG6580E, USG6585E, USG6605E-B, USG6615E, USG6625E, USG6630E,
USG6635E, USG6650E, USG6655E, correctly connect the PGND cable. Otherwise,
the USG may be damaged.

Precautions
The USG has been installed inside a cabinet.

Tools
● Phillips screwdriver
● Multimeter

Procedure
Step 1 Loosen and remove the screw of the ground terminal on the USG rear panel.
Step 2 Connect the OT terminal at one end of the PGND cable to the connection hole of
the USG, with the conducting wire upward, and tighten the M4 screw, as shown in
A of Figure 5-25, and tighten the M4 screw. The tightening torque is 1.4 N·m.

Figure 5-25 Installing the OT terminal

Step 3 Connect the M6 end of the PGND cable to the ground terminal of the cabinet,
workbench, or wall. The tightening torque of the M6 screw is 4.8 N·m.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 226


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Figure 5-26 Connecting a PGND cable

NOTICE

The OT terminal may rotate and result in device damage. Make sure that it is
independent of the adjacent metal mechanical part or other terminals.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
Verify the following after the cabling is complete:

● The PGND cable is securely connected to the ground terminal.


● The electrical resistance between the ground terminal and ground point is less
than 0.1 ohm on a multimeter.

5.4.3 Installing a Hard Disk


This section describes how to install a hard disk units (M.2-Sata240G-A, M.2-
Sata64G-A, HDD-SATA1000G-A, or SSD-Sata240G-A) for the first time to avoid
hard disk damage.

Precautions
Precautions for the use of hard disks

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 227


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

● Use Huawei hard disks. The system cannot recognize the hard disks provided
by other vendors.
● Wear an ESD wrist strap to protect the USG and hard disks from electrostatic
damage.
● Hold the two side surfaces of a hard disk, do not touch the PCB board or
squeeze the hard disk, and do not vibrate, bump, or stack hard disks.
● For mapping relationships between the USG and hard disks, see Hardware
Overview.

Tool
ESD bag

Installing The Hard Disk (USG6515E, USG6525E, USG6550E, USG6555E,


USG6560E, USG6565E, USG6580E, USG6585E)
Step 1 Remove the baffle plate from the hard disk slot.
Step 2 Hold the handlers of the hard disk and push the hard disk along the guide rails till
the hard disk aligns with the panel of the USG.
Step 3 Press the hard disk handler inwardly to restore the module.

Figure 5-27 Installing the hard disk (USG6515E, USG6525E, USG6550E,


USG6555E, USG6560E, USG6565E, USG6580E, USG6585E)

Step 4 After the installation is complete, perform the following operations:

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 228


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

NOTE

Operations after the USG power-on must be performed after all installation tasks are
complete.
● Before the USG is powered on, ensure that the hard disk is correctly installed.
● After the USG is powered on, run the display disk information command in
the user view to check whether the Filesystem Status value is Mounted.

----End

Installing The Hard Disk (USG6575E-B, USG6605E-B, USG6615E, USG6625E,


USG6630E, USG6635E, USG6650E, USG6655E)
Step 1 Remove the filler panel from a hard disk slot.

Figure 5-28 Removing the filler panel from a hard disk slot (USG6575E-B,
USG6605E-B, USG6615E, USG6625E, USG6630E, USG6635E, USG6650E,
USG6655E)

Step 2 Pull the ejector lever on the hard disk holder and keep it in pulled-out state and
push the hard disk holder along the guide rails of the slot till the front surface of
the hard disk holder touches the USG panel.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 229


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Figure 5-29 Installing a hard disk (USG6575E-B, USG6605E-B, USG6615E,


USG6625E, USG6630E, USG6635E, USG6650E, USG6655E)

Step 3 After the ejector lever of the hard disk is fastened to the chassis, close the hard
disk ejector lever.
Step 4 After the installation is complete, perform the following operations:
NOTE

Operations after the USG power-on must be performed after all installation tasks are
complete.
● Before the USG is powered on, ensure that the hard disk is correctly installed.
● After the USG is powered on, run the display disk information command in
the user view to check whether the Filesystem Status value is Mounted.
----End

5.4.4 Connecting a Console Cable


After connecting a PC to the console port of a USG6515E, USG6525E, USG6550E,
USG6555E, USG6560E, USG6565E, USG6575E-B, USG6580E, USG6585E,
USG6605E-B, USG6615E, USG6625E, USG6630E, USG6635E, USG6650E, USG6655E
with a console cable, you can use the terminal emulation program on the PC to
access the command configuration interface of the USG6515E, USG6525E,
USG6550E, USG6555E, USG6560E, USG6565E, USG6575E-B, USG6580E,
USG6585E, USG6605E-B, USG6615E, USG6625E, USG6630E, USG6635E,
USG6650E, USG6655E.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 230


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Precautions
Before connecting a console cable, perform the following operations:
● Check preparations.
A PC is ready, a USG has been installed, and the ports to be connected are
planned.
● Prepare cable labels.
Before cable connection, labels must be prepared for the cable.

NOTICE

● Make sure that the PC and the USG are connected to the same ground point.
Otherwise, the console port of the USG may be damaged.
● Pay attention to port numbering and make sure that the cable is connected to
the correct port, preventing damage to ports or the device.

Tools
Console cable (prepared by the user)

Procedure
Step 1 Before connecting a console cable, attach temporary labels to both ends of the
cable for identification.
Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the console cable to the console port (RJ45) of the
USG.
Step 3 Connect the DB9 connector of the console cable to the COM port of the
management PC.

Figure 5-30 Connecting a console cable to the USG

Step 4 Remove the temporary labels and attach labels (2 cm away from the connectors)
at both ends of the console cable.
----End

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 231


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Follow-up Procedure
After the cable connection is complete, verify that:

● The labels at both ends of a cable are correct, clear, neat, and facing the same
direction.
● Cables and connectors are free of damage or breakage and are connected
properly.

For details on the console login, refer to the Configuration Guide.

5.4.5 Connecting an Ethernet Cable


Based on the network plan, you can connect one end of an Ethernet cable to the
Ethernet port of a USG6515E, USG6525E, USG6550E, USG6555E, USG6560E,
USG6565E, USG6575E-B, USG6580E, USG6585E, USG6605E-B, USG6615E,
USG6625E, USG6630E, USG6635E, USG6650E, USG6655E and the other end to the
Ethernet port of the peer device.

Context
Before connecting the Ethernet cable, perform the following operations:
● Check construction conditions.
The peer device has been installed in the equipment room, and the port to
which the Ethernet cable is to be connected has been determined.
● Check the cabling route.
The engineering document should specify the cabling route from the cabinet
to the peer device in the equipment room, and the length of the cable is
calculated based on the cabling path.
● Label the cable.
The cable must be labeled before being connected to the devices.

NOTICE

● Only shielded cables are supported on the USG.


● Before connecting a cable, note the label on the port and make sure that the
cable is inserted into the correct port. Otherwise, the port module or the device
might be damaged.

Procedure
Step 1 If multiple network cables need to be connected, attach temporary labels to both
ends of each cable for identification.

Step 2 Connect one end of an Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port of a USG and the other
end to the Ethernet port of the peer device based on the network plan.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 232


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Figure 5-31 Connecting an Ethernet cable

Step 3 Lay out the Ethernet cable along a cabinet and route the cable through the cable
hole for the signal cables at the top (overhead cabling) or bottom (underfloor
cabling) of the cabinet.

Step 4 Remove the temporary labels and attach labels (2 cm away from the connectors)
at both ends of the Ethernet cable.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
Verify the following after the installation:

● The labels at both ends of the cable are correct, clear, neat, and facing the
same direction.
● The cables and connectors are free of any damage or breakage and are
connected properly and reliably.

5.4.6 Installing Optical Transceivers and Connecting Optical


Fibers
This section describes how to install optical transceivers on the GE , 10GE, or 40GE
optical ports of the USG and connect them to the ports of the peer device using
optical fibers according to the network plan.

Context
The USG supports both 1 Gbit/s , 10 Gbit/s, and 40 Gbit/s optical modules. The
optical modules at both ends are the same, including the optical fiber type
(single-mode or multi-mode), optical fiber connector type (LC/PC, SC/PC, FC/PC,
or MPO/PC-MPO/PC), and transmission rate. If different optical modules are used
at the two ends, the communication may fail.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 233


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

NOTICE

Huawei optical modules are recommended. The optical modules from other
vendors may cause faults on the USG due to incompatibility.

CAUTION

Do not look into the optical interface of the optical module or the optical fiber
connector without eye protection.

Before connecting optical fiber cables, read the following precautions:


● Do not overbend optical fibers, and the radius should not be shorter than 40
mm.
● Do not bundle the optical fibers too tight. Otherwise, the transmission
performance of the optical fibers and the communication between devices
might be adversely affected.
Before connecting optical ensure the following:
● The optical module has been installed.

Procedure
Step 1 Insert an optical transceiver into the GE , 10GE, or 40GE optical port of the USG.
Step 2 Remove the dust cap from the optical transceiver.
NOTE

Set aside the dust cap properly for future use. After optical fiber are disconnected for
maintenance, use the dust cap to prevent the optical transceiver from dust.

Step 3 Before connecting an optical fiber, attach temporary labels to both ends of the
optical fiber for identification.
Step 4 Remove protective caps from optical fiber connectors, insert optical fibers into the
optical transceiver, and connect the fiber to the peer device.
NOTE

Ensure that the Tx and Rx ports are correctly connected.

Ensure that the TX and RX ports on one end of the optical fiber cable are
connected to the RX and TX ports (respectively) on the other end.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 234


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Figure 5-32 Installing optical transceivers and connecting optical fibers

Step 5 Repeat Step 1 to Step 4 to install all optical transceivers and connect all optical
fibers.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
After you power on the USG, check the connection by observing the optical port
indicator. If the indicator is on or blinks, the link is connected or data is being

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 235


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

transmitted. If the indicator is off, the link is disconnected. Possible causes for the
disconnection are as follows:

● The optical fiber is improperly inserted. Pull out the optical fiber and re-insert
it.
● The RX and TX optical ports are inserted reversely. Pull out the optical fibers,
change their position, and re-insert them.
● The optical module is damaged or the optical fiber is broken. Replace the
optical module or the optical fiber.

5.4.7 Connecting Power Cables


Follow the operation guide to connect power cables from the power module of
the USG6515E, USG6525E, USG6550E, USG6555E, USG6560E, USG6565E,
USG6575E-B, USG6580E, USG6585E, USG6605E-B, USG6615E, USG6625E,
USG6630E, USG6635E, USG6650E, USG6655E to the output of the power supply
device.

5.4.7.1 Connecting AC Power Cables


By default, the USG6515E, USG6525E, USG6550E, USG6555E, USG6560E,
USG6565E, USG6575E-B, USG6580E, USG6585E, USG6605E-B, USG6615E,
USG6625E comes with one AC power module. However, two AC power modules
are supported. The USG6630E, USG6635E, USG6650E, USG6655E comes with two
AC power module. Each AC power module requires an AC power cable. When two
AC power modules are used, connect power cables to both AC power modules.

Context
Before connecting the power cables, ensure that the AC power supply in the
equipment room meets the input requirements of the USG.

DANGER

Do not connect or disconnect the power cables when the USG is powered on.

Procedure
Step 1 Ensure that the PGND cable is adequately grounded.

Step 2 Connect AC power cables to AC power modules.


NOTE

When two power modules are used, connect them to different power sources to improve
availability.
1. Plug one end of the C13 power cable to the power socket of the USG power
module and adjust the cable-retention clip to an appropriate position.
2. Bundle the AC power cable using a cable-retention clip and adjust the cable-
retention clip to fasten the AC power cable.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 236


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

3. Plug the other end of the power cable to the AC power socket or the output
of the AC power supply device.

Figure 5-33 Connecting AC power cables (USG6515E, USG6525E, USG6550E,


USG6555E, USG6560E, USG6565E, USG6575E-B, USG6580E, USG6585E,
USG6605E-B, USG6615E, USG6625E)

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 237


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Figure 5-34 Connecting AC power cables (USG6630E, USG6635E, USG6650E,


USG6655E)

----End

Follow-up Procedure
Verify the following after the connection is complete:
● The power cable is firmly connected to the power supply socket.
● If multiple USGs are deployed, the power cables of each USG are correctly
labeled for distinction.

5.4.7.2 Connecting DC Power Cables


The USG6630E, USG6635E come with two DC power module. Each DC power
module requires an NEG power cable and an RTN power cable. Connect power
cables to both DC power modules.

Context
Before connecting power cables, ensure that the DC power supply in the
equipment room meets the input requirements of the USG.

DANGER

Do not connect or disconnect the power cables when the USG is powered on.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 238


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Procedure
Step 1 Ensure that the PGND cable is adequately grounded.

Step 2 Connect power cables for the two DC power modules one after the other.

NOTICE

● Note the labels on the DC power cables to avoid misoperations.


● To improve availability, connect two power modules to different power sources.

1. Plug the connector end of the DC power cable to the DC power module.
2. Connect the other end of the DC power cable to the output of the power
supply device in the equipment room.

Figure 5-35 Connecting DC power cables

----End

Follow-up Procedure
Verify the following after the connection is complete:

● The power cables are correctly and firmly connected to the power supply
device.
● If multiple USGs are deployed, the power cables of each USG are correctly
labeled for distinction.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 239


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

5.4.8 Powering On or Off the USG6515E, USG6525E,


USG6550E, USG6555E, USG6560E, USG6565E, USG6575E-B,
USG6580E, USG6585E, USG6605E-B, USG6615E, USG6625E,
USG6630E, USG6635E, USG6650E, USG6655E
This section describes how to power on or off the USG6515E, USG6525E,
USG6550E, USG6555E, USG6560E, USG6565E, USG6575E-B, USG6580E,
USG6585E, USG6605E-B, USG6615E, USG6625E, USG6630E, USG6635E,
USG6650E, USG6655E. To ensure the normal start and security of the USG6515E,
USG6525E, USG6550E, USG6555E, USG6560E, USG6565E, USG6575E-B,
USG6580E, USG6585E, USG6605E-B, USG6615E, USG6625E, USG6630E,
USG6635E, USG6650E, USG6655E, strictly follow the operation guide to power on
or off the USG6515E, USG6525E, USG6550E, USG6555E, USG6560E, USG6565E,
USG6575E-B, USG6580E, USG6585E, USG6605E-B, USG6615E, USG6625E,
USG6630E, USG6635E, USG6650E, USG6655E.

Context
Before you power on the USG, ensure that:
● The power cable and PGND cable are properly connected.
● The power switch in the equipment room is easy to locate so that you can
power off devices in the case of accidents.

Procedure
● Power on the USG.
Turn on the switch of the power supply device. The USG starts.
You can identify the USG status based on indicators on the front and rear
panels. Indicators shown in Figure 5-36 indicate that the USG runs normally.

Figure 5-36 Indicators when the USG6515E, USG6525E, USG6550E,


USG6555E, USG6560E, USG6565E, USG6575E-B, USG6580E, USG6585E,
USG6605E-B, USG6615E, USG6625E, USG6630E, USG6635E, USG6650E,
USG6655E (AC model) runs normally

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 240


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Figure 5-37 Indicators when the USG (DC model) runs normally

● Power off the USG.

NOTICE

Before powering off the USG, ensure that configuration data is saved.
Otherwise, the configuration data may be lost.

If the USG will be administratively shut down for a long time, turn off the
power switch. After powering off the USG, set it aside properly according to
storage requirements.

CAUTION

If the USG has hard disks, do not power off the USG by removing the power
cable or switching off the power supply to prevent data loss and hard disk
damage. You must run the disk offline command in the system view first and
wait for about 30 seconds. After the system prompts you with a message
indicating that hard disks have stopped, turn off the power switch of the USG.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
After the USG is powered on, you can log in to the configuration page for
management and maintenance. For details, refer to the Configuration Guide.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 241


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

5.5 Installing a 600 mm Deep Device


This chapter provides the cabinet-mounting, workbench-mounting, and cable
connection methods of the USG6680E, USG6712E, USG6716E series.

5.5.1 Mounting a Device in a Cabinet


Install the USG6680E, USG6712E, USG6716E to the 19-inch standard cabinet
through the expandable rear mounting ears.

Precautions
Before installing the USG, check the following items:
● Before unpacking the carton, ensure that the packing carton is intact and not
damaged or soaked. Stop unpacking if the USG is rusted or soggy. Then,
investigate causes and contact the supplier.
● The cabinet is stable.
● Before installing the expandable rear mounting ears on the USG6680E,
USG6712E, USG6716E, adjust the distance between the front and rear angle
gauges (rack mounting rails/vertical columns) to satisfy the installation
requirements. The specific scope of application is as follows:

Table 5-5 Expandable rear mounting ears and adjustable guide rails
Distance Between Expandable Rear Mounting Ears and Adjustable
the Front and Rear Guide Rails
Mounting Bars and
Cabinet Type

Expandable rear
mounting ears (BOM
number: 21240492)
● Distance between
the front and rear
mounting bars:
310 mm to 538
mm
● Cabinet depth:
800 mm

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 242


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Distance Between Expandable Rear Mounting Ears and Adjustable


the Front and Rear Guide Rails
Mounting Bars and
Cabinet Type

Expandable rear
mounting ears (BOM
number: 21240538)
● Distance between
the front and rear
mounting bars:
493 mm to 815
mm
● Cabinet depth:
1000 mm to 1200
mm

Adjustable guide
rails (BOM number:
21242247)
● Distance between
the front and rear
mounting bars:
370 mm to 585
mm
● Cabinet depth:
800 mm

Adjustable guide
rails (BOM number:
21242246)
● Distance between
the front and rear
mounting bars:
500 mm to 850
mm
● Cabinet depth:
1000 mm to 1200
mm

● The position for the USG in the cabinet is well arranged. Ensure that the USG
is 1 U of clearance from any devices above and below and 150 mm of
clearance from any devices on the right or left.
● The USG to be installed is staged near the cabinet for convenience.
● In the front view, the air flow of the USG is front to rear. If the USG and a
device whose air flow is rear to front must be mounted in the same cabinet,
maintain certain spacing between them to prevent hot air recirculation.
You can place either end of the USG chassis towards the front door of the cabinet.
In this manual, the front panel of the USG is towards the front door of the
cabinet.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 243


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

NOTE

The method of installing expandable rear mounting ears (BOM number: 21240492) is the
same as that of installing expandable rear mounting ears (BOM number: 21240538). The
following uses the expandable rear mounting ears (BOM number: 21240492) as examples.

Tools and Accessories


● Phillips screwdriver
● Floating nuts and matching screws
● Floating mounting bar
● Front mounting ears and corresponding screws
● Expandable rear mounting ears and corresponding screws (purchased
separately, BOM numbers: 21240492 and 21240538)
● Adjustable guide rails and matching screws (purchased separately, BOM
numbers: 21242247 and 21242246)

Procedure
Step 1 Install mounting ears on the chassis.

Use a Phillips screwdriver to fix the mounting ears to both sides of the chassis
with M4 screws. For details about how to install the mounting ears, see the
installation methods in Figure 5-38.

Figure 5-38 Installation of front and rear mounting ears

Step 2 Install floating nuts and cabinet guide rails.


1. Determine the positions for installing the guide rails and floating nuts, as
shown in Figure 5-39.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 244


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

NOTICE

Install the two guide rails at the same height to ensure that the device is
level.

Figure 5-39 Positions of floating nuts

2. Install the floating nuts that match M6 screws at the positions marked in
Figure 5-39. Figure 5-40 illustrates how to install a floating nut.

Figure 5-40 Installing floating nuts

3. Install guide rails in the correct direction. Identify the left and right guide rails,
and the front and rear ends of each guide rail.
Fix expandable rear mounting ears and adjustable guide rails (at the positions
marked in Figure 5-39) to the left and right of the cabinet with M6 screws, as
shown in Figure 5-41.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 245


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Figure 5-41 Installing guide rails

4. (Optional) Install adjustable guide rails (BOM numbers: 21242247 and


21242246). For details, see the installation guide delivered with the adjustable
guide rails.
Step 3 Mount the USG in the cabinet.
1. Hold the bottom of the USG with both hands and move the USG into the
cabinet. Align the rear mounting ears with the rear mounting ear guide rails
and slowly slide the USG along the guide rails.
2. Use M6 screws to fix the mounting ears of the USG to the mounting rack, as
shown in Figure 5-42.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 246


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Figure 5-42 Mounting the USG in a cabinet

----End

Follow-up Procedure
Perform the following checks after the installation:

● Ensure that the USG is placed securely inside the cabinet.


● Ensure that the exhaust of the USG is not blocked by other objects.

5.5.2 Connecting a PGND Cable


Connecting the PGND cable of a USG6680E, USG6712E, USG6716E correctly is a
key measure of surge protection and resistance to interference. Before using the
USG6680E, USG6712E, USG6716E, correctly connect the PGND cable. Otherwise,
the USG may be damaged.

Precautions
The USG has been installed inside a cabinet.

Tools
● Phillips screwdriver
● Multimeter

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 247


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Procedure
Step 1 Loosen and remove the screw of the ground terminal on the lower right of the
USG rear panel.
Step 2 Connect the OT terminal at one end of the PGND cable to the connection hole of
the USG, with the conducting wire upward, as shown in A of Figure 5-43, and
tighten the M4 screw. The tightening torque is 1.4 N·m.

Figure 5-43 Installing the OT terminal

Step 3 Connect the M6 end of the PGND cable to the ground terminal of the cabinet,
workbench, or wall. The tightening torque of the M6 screw is 4.8 N·m.

Figure 5-44 Connecting a PGND cable

NOTE

In the dual-OT scenario, connect the ground terminal on the side panel of the USG.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 248


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Figure 5-45 Connecting the ground terminal in the dual-OT scenario

NOTICE

The OT terminal may rotate and result in device damage. Make sure that it is
independent of the adjacent metal mechanical part or other terminals.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
Verify the following after the cabling is complete:

● The PGND cable is securely connected to the ground terminal.


● The electrical resistance between the ground terminal and ground point is less
than 0.1 ohm on a multimeter.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 249


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

5.5.3 Installing a Hard Disk


This section describes how to install a hard disk units (HDD-SATA1000G-A, or
SSD-Sata240G-A)for the first time to avoid hard disk damage.

Precautions
Precautions for the use of hard disks

● Use Huawei hard disks. The system cannot recognize the hard disks provided
by other vendors.
● Wear an ESD wrist strap to protect the USG and hard disks from electrostatic
damage.
● Hold the two side surfaces of a hard disk, do not touch the PCB board or
squeeze the hard disk, and do not vibrate, bump, or stack hard disks.

Tool
ESD bag

Procedure
Step 1 Remove the filler panel from a hard disk slot.

Figure 5-46 Removing the filler panel from a hard disk slot

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 250


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Step 2 Pull the ejector lever on the hard disk holder and keep it in pulled-out state and
push the hard disk holder along the guide rails of the slot till the front surface of
the hard disk holder touches the USG panel.

Figure 5-47 Installing a hard disk

Step 3 After the ejector lever of the hard disk is fastened to the chassis, close the hard
disk ejector lever.

Step 4 After the installation is complete, perform the following operations:


NOTE

Operations after the USG power-on must be performed after all installation tasks are
complete.
● Before the USG is powered on, ensure that the hard disk is correctly installed.
● After the USG is powered on, run the display disk information command in
the user view to check whether the Filesystem Status value is Mounted.

----End

5.5.4 Connecting a Console Cable


After connecting a PC to the console port of a USG6680E, USG6712E, USG6716E
with a console cable, you can use the terminal emulation program on the PC to
access the command configuration interface of the USG6680E, USG6712E,
USG6716E.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 251


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Precautions
Before connecting a console cable, perform the following operations:
● Check preparations.
A PC is ready, a USG has been installed, and the ports to be connected are
planned.
● Prepare cable labels.
Before cable connection, labels must be prepared for the cable.

NOTICE

● Make sure that the PC and the USG are connected to the same ground point.
Otherwise, the console port of the USG may be damaged.
● Pay attention to port numbering and make sure that the cable is connected to
the correct port, preventing damage to ports or the device.

Tools
Console cable (prepared by the user)

Procedure
Step 1 Before connecting a console cable, attach temporary labels to both ends of the
cable for identification.
Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the console cable to the console port (RJ45) of the
USG.
Step 3 Connect the DB9 connector of the console cable to the COM port of the
management PC.

Figure 5-48 Connecting a console cable to the USG

Step 4 Remove the temporary labels and attach labels (2 cm away from the connectors)
at both ends of the console cable.

----End

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 252


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Follow-up Procedure
After the cable connection is complete, verify that:
● The labels at both ends of a cable are correct, clear, neat, and facing the same
direction.
● Cables and connectors are free of damage or breakage and are connected
properly.
For details on the console login, refer to the Configuration Guide.

5.5.5 Installing Optical Transceivers and Connecting Optical


Fibers
This section describes how to install optical transceivers on the 10GE, 40GE, 100GE
optical ports of the USG and connect them to the ports of the peer device using
optical fibers according to the network plan.

Context
The USG supports 1 Gbit/s, 10 Gbit/s, 40 Gbit/s, 100 Gbit/s optical modules. The
optical modules at both ends are the same, including the optical fiber type
(single-mode or multi-mode), optical fiber connector type (LC/PC, SC/PC, FC/PC,
or MPO/PC-MPO/PC), and transmission rate. If different optical modules are used
at the two ends, the communication may fail.

NOTICE

Huawei optical modules are recommended. The optical modules from other
vendors may cause faults on the USG due to incompatibility.

CAUTION

Do not look into the optical interface of the optical module or the optical fiber
connector without eye protection.

Before connecting optical fiber cables, read the following precautions:


● Do not overbend optical fibers, and the radius should not be shorter than 40
mm.
● Do not bundle the optical fibers too tight. Otherwise, the transmission
performance of the optical fibers and the communication between devices
might be adversely affected.
Before connecting optical ensure the following:
● The optical module has been installed.

Procedure
Step 1 Insert an optical transceiver into the 10GE, or 40GE, or 100GE optical port of the
USG.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 253


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Step 2 Remove the dust cap from the optical transceiver.


NOTE

Set aside the dust cap properly for future use. After optical fiber are disconnected for
maintenance, use the dust cap to prevent the optical transceiver from dust.

Step 3 Before connecting an optical fiber, attach temporary labels to both ends of the
optical fiber for identification.
Step 4 Remove protective caps from optical fiber connectors, insert optical fibers into the
optical transceiver, and connect the fiber to the peer device.
NOTE

Ensure that the Tx and Rx ports are correctly connected.

Ensure that the TX and RX ports on one end of the optical fiber cable are
connected to the RX and TX ports (respectively) on the other end.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 254


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Figure 5-49 Installing optical transceivers and connecting optical fibers

Step 5 Repeat Step 1 to Step 4 to install all optical transceivers and connect all optical
fibers.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
After you power on the USG, check the connection by observing the optical port
indicator. If the indicator is on or blinks, the link is connected or data is being
transmitted. If the indicator is off, the link is disconnected. Possible causes for the
disconnection are as follows:

● The optical fiber is improperly inserted. Pull out the optical fiber and re-insert
it.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 255


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

● The RX and TX optical ports are inserted reversely. Pull out the optical fibers,
change their position, and re-insert them.
● The optical module is damaged or the optical fiber is broken. Replace the
optical module or the optical fiber.

5.5.6 Connecting AC Power Cables


The USG6680E, USG6712E, USG6716E comes with two AC power module. Each AC
power module requires an AC power cable. When two AC power modules are
used, connect power cables to both AC power modules.

Context
Before connecting the power cables, ensure that the AC power supply in the
equipment room meets the input requirements of the USG.

DANGER

Do not connect or disconnect the power cables when the USG is powered on.

Procedure
Step 1 Ensure that the PGND cable is adequately grounded.
Step 2 Connect AC power cables to AC power modules.
NOTE
When two power modules are used, connect them to different power sources to improve
availability.
1. Plug one end of the C13 power cable to the power socket of the USG power
module and adjust the cable-retention clip to an appropriate position.
2. Use a velcro strap to bundle the power cable onto the handle of the power
module.
3. Connect the other end of the power cable to the external power supply
system.
– If the external power supply is AC, plug the other end of the power cable
to the AC power socket or the output of the AC power supply device.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 256


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Figure 5-50 Connecting AC power cables

– If a 240 V high-voltage DC PDU is used, directly connect the straight male


connector to the PDU.
– If a 240 V high-voltage DC power distribution box is used, make OT or
cord end terminals for the cable. Cut the straight male connector off and
crimp OT or cord end terminals on the bare wires. Connect the brown
wire to a negative terminal on the DC power distribution box, the blue
wire to a positive terminal, and the yellow-green wire to a protection
ground. If the switch fails to be powered on after you connect the power
cable, swap the wires on the positive and negative terminals.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
Verify the following after the connection is complete:

● The power cable is firmly connected to the power supply socket.


● If multiple USGs are deployed, the power cables of each USG are correctly
labeled for distinction.

5.5.7 Powering On or Off the USG6680E, USG6712E, USG6716E


This section describes how to power on or off the USG6680E, USG6712E,
USG6716E. To ensure the normal start and security of the USG6680E, USG6712E,
USG6716E, strictly follow the operation guide to power on or off the USG6680E,
USG6712E, USG6716E.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 257


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

Context
Before you power on the USG, ensure that:
● The power cable and PGND cable are properly connected.
● The power switch in the equipment room is easy to locate so that you can
power off devices in the case of accidents.

Procedure
● Power on the USG.
Turn on the switch of the power supply device. The USG starts.
You can identify the USG status based on indicators on the front and rear
panels. Indicators shown in USGFigure 5-51 indicate that the USG runs
normally.

Figure 5-51 Indicators when the USG runs normally

● Power off the USG.

NOTICE

Before powering off the USG, ensure that configuration data is saved.
Otherwise, the configuration data may be lost.

If the USG will be administratively shut down for a long time, turn off the
power switch. After powering off the USG, set it aside properly according to
storage requirements.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 258


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 5 Hardware Installation

CAUTION

If the USG has hard disks, do not power off the USG by removing the power
cable or switching off the power supply to prevent data loss and hard disk
damage. You must run the disk offline command in the system view first and
wait for about 30 seconds. After the system prompts you with a message
indicating that hard disks have stopped, turn off the power switch of the USG.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
After the USG is powered on, you can log in to the configuration page for
management and maintenance. For details, refer to the Configuration Guide.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 259


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 6 Maintaining the Hardware

6 Maintaining the Hardware

The hard disks, power modules, and fan modules of the USG6000E are
replaceable. You can replace them as instructed.

6.1 Replacing the Hard Disk


This section describes how to replace the hard disk as well as the precautions.

Precautions
Precautions for using the hard disks
● Use hard disks purchased from Huawei. Otherwise, the system may not
identify them.
● Powering off the USG interrupts services. Install or replace the hard disks
during off-peak hours.
● Wear the ESD wrist strap while working on the USG to avoid possible
damages to the USG and hard disks.
● While holding a hard disk, do not touch the PCB board or squeeze the disk.
Carry only one hard disk at a time. Do not vibrate, crash, or pile multiple hard
disks up.
● Put the hard disks inside ESD bags when they are not used.
● For mapping relationships between the USG and hard disks, see Hardware
Overview.

Tools
● Phillips screwdriver
● ESD bag

Replacing the Hard Disk (USG6515E, USG6525E, USG6550E, USG6555E,


USG6560E, USG6565E, USG6580E, USG6585E)
If a hard disk is faulty (for example, a hard disk failure log is generated on the
USG), you can replace the hard disk. The hard disk can be replaced no matter

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 260


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 6 Maintaining the Hardware

when the USG is powered on or off. If the USG is powered off, skip Step 1 and do
not run the disk offline command. The following procedure guides you through
hard disk replacement while the USG is powered on:

Step 1 Ensure that all configurations are saved.

Step 2 Run the disk offline command in the system view. Wait about 30 seconds until
the system indicates that the hard disk stops working and then remove the hard
disk to be replaced.
NOTE

If you remove and insert a hard disk without running the disk offline command first, the
hard disk may be damaged, data in the hard disk may be lost, or the system may stop
responding to services.
1. Use the handler to pull the hard disk out of the slot.
2. Put the replaced hard disk into an ESD bag.

Figure 6-1 Removing the hard disk (USG6515E, USG6525E, USG6550E,


USG6555E, USG6560E, USG6565E, USG6580E, USG6585E)

Step 3 Install the new hard disk, see Installing the Hard Disk.

Step 4 Run the disk online command in the system view and then the display disk
information command. If Filesystem Status is Mounted, the hard disk works
properly.

----End

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 261


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 6 Maintaining the Hardware

Replacing the Hard Disk (USG6575E-B, USG6605E-B, USG6615E, USG6625E,


USG6630E, USG6635E, USG6650E, USG6655E, USG6680E, USG6712E,
USG6716E)
If a hard disk is faulty (for example, a hard disk failure log is generated on the
USG), you can replace the hard disk. The hard disk can be replaced no matter
when the USG is powered on or off. If the USG is powered off, skip Step 1 and do
not run the disk offline command or press the OFL button. The following
procedure guides you through hard disk replacement while the USG is powered
on:

Step 1 Ensure that all configurations are saved.


Step 2 Run the disk offline command in the system view. Wait about 30 seconds until
the system indicates that the hard disk stops working and then remove the hard
disk to be replaced. Press and hold the OFL button for about four seconds until
the OFL indicator is on. Then remove the hard disk unit to be replaced.
NOTE

If you remove and insert a hard disk without running the disk offline command or press
the OFL button first, the hard disk may be damaged, data in the hard disk may be lost, or
the system may stop responding to services.
1. Press the button on the right of the hard disk tray to eject the handler.
2. Use the handler to pull the hard disk out of the slot.
3. Put the replaced hard disk into an ESD bag.

Figure 6-2 Removing the hard disk (USG6575E-B, USG6605E-B, USG6615E,


USG6625E, USG6630E, USG6635E, USG6650E, USG6655E, USG6680E,
USG6712E, USG6716E)

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 262


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 6 Maintaining the Hardware

Step 3 Install the new hard disk, see Installing a Hard Disk.
Step 4 Run the disk online command in the system view and then the display disk
information command. If Filesystem Status is Mounted, the hard disk works
properly.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
After replacing the hard disk, collect all tools. If the replaced hard disk is faulty, fill
in the Repair Transmission Sheet and send the faulty module with the Repair
Transmission Sheet to the equipment supplier or the specified repair service
provider.

6.2 Replacing a Power Module


This section describes how to replace a faulty power module.

Context
When two power modules are installed on the USG, one of them is hot
swappable. Pay attention to the following items during hot swapping:
● Power off the power module to be replaced.
● Do not power off the other power module during the replacement.
● Do not touch the other power module either by body or by tools, preventing
human injury or device short circuit.
● DC and AC power modules are incompatible with each other and cannot be
used in substitution.

Replacing the Power Module


Step 1 Determine the location of the power module to be replaced and attack a
replacement label on the panel to identify the power module.
Step 2 Disconnect the power supply device from the power module to be replaced.
Step 3 Wear an ESD wrist strap.
Step 4 Remove the power cable connected to the power module.
Refer to the following instructions to remove the power cables:
● To remove the AC power cable:
a. Press the baffle on the cable retention clip and remove the cable
retention clip from the AC power cable. (Skip this step if the power
module does not have any cable retention clip.)
b. Pull out the power cable from the socket on the power module.
● To remove the DC power cable:
a. Remove the fastening screws from the OT terminals of the DC power
cable.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 263


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 6 Maintaining the Hardware

b. Pull out the power cable from the socket on the power module.
Step 5 Replace the power module.
The methods to replace the DC power module and the AC power module are the
same. The following uses AC power module replacement as an example.
1. Press the cable retention clip of the power module to the right, hold the front
panel of the power module, and pull out the power module.
2. Note down the cause and time of the replacement as well as the bar code of
the replaced power module and then put away the replaced power module.
3. Take the new power module from the packing box and check whether its
model is the same as the replaced one.
4. Gently push the new power module into the chassis along the power slot.
After the latch on the power module is tightened, pull the power module
gently to check whether it can be removed.
5. Connect the power cable to the socket on the new power module. For details,
see Connecting AC Power Cables (for a 420 mm Deep Device) or
Connecting AC Power Cables (for a 600 mm Deep Device).

Figure 6-3 Replace the power module

6. Switch on the power supply device. If the STATUS indicator on the new power
module of the USG6000E is steady green, the power module works properly.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
After replacing the power module, collect all tools. If the replaced power module
is faulty, fill in the Repair Transmission Sheet and send the faulty module with

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 264


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 6 Maintaining the Hardware

the Repair Transmission Sheet to the equipment supplier or the specified repair
service provider.

6.3 Replacing a Fan Module


If the only fan of the USG fails, replace the fan module immediately. Otherwise,
heat dissipation of the device is affected. If the USG has two or more fans and two
or more fans fail, replace the faulty fan modules immediately. Otherwise, heat
dissipation of the device is affected. This section is irrelevant to other models that
do not have independent fan modules.

Context
NOTE

The fan module of the USG is hot swappable. Therefore, when the fan module is faulty, you
can replace the fan module without powering the USG off.

NOTICE

To prevent USG overheating, replace the fan module within 1 minute.

Procedure
Step 1 Wear an ESD wrist strap.
Step 2 Remove the faulty fan module.
Press upwards the fan module latch, hold the handle of the fan module, and pull
out part of the fan module. After the fan stops rotating, slowly pull out the fan
module from the chassis.
Step 3 Install a new fan module.
Hold the handler of the fan module with one hand and the bottom of the fan
module with the other hand, insert the fan module along the guide rail of the fan
slot until the back of the fan module gets in good contact with the chassis
backplane. After the latch on the power module is tightened, pull the fan module
gently to check whether it can be removed.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 265


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 6 Maintaining the Hardware

Figure 6-4 Replacing the fan module

Step 4 Check the FAN STATUS indicator on the panel. If the indicator is blinking green
every two seconds (0.5 Hz), the new fan module works properly.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
After replacing the fan module, collect all tools. If the replaced fan module is
faulty, fill in the Repair Transmission Sheet and send the faulty module with the
Repair Transmission Sheet to the equipment supplier or the specified repair service
provider.

6.4 Replacing a Micro SD Card (USG6510E, USG6510E-


POE, USG6530E)
This section describes how to replace the micro SD card and the precautions.

Precautions
If the micro SD card has one of the following conditions, replace the micro SD
card:
● The micro SD card is damaged. That is, the USG generates the micro SD card
damage alarm: ENTEXT_1.3.6.1.4.1.2011.5.25.31.2.0.16
hwEntityExtDiskDamaged.
● The micro SD card is full. That is, the USG generates the micro SD card full
alarm: ENTEXT_1.3.6.1.4.1.2011.5.25.31.2.0.17 hwEntityExtDiskFull.
Read the precautions on using the micro SD card:

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 266


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 6 Maintaining the Hardware

● Micro SD cards are optional and are not delivered with the device. If required,
purchase the micro SD card (part number: 06010308) from Huawei. The micro
SD card model is SDSDQAE-064G, the capacity is 64 GB, and dimensions (H x
W x D) are 1 mm x 15 mm x 11 mm (0.04 in. x 0.59 in. x 0.43 in.).
● Make sure that you have worn an ESD wrist strap and the strap is well
grounded before you hold the micro SD card. Otherwise, the micro SD card
may be damaged.
The micro SD card can be replaced no matter when the USG is powered on or off.
If the USG is powered off, skip the sd-card offline command. The following
procedure guides you through micro SD card replacement while the USG is
powered on.

Tools
● Phillips screwdriver
● ESD wrist strap

Procedure
Step 1 Ensure that all configurations are saved.
Step 2 In the system view, run the sd-card offline command. When the system displays a
message indicating that the SD card is offline, remove the micro SD card to be
replaced.
NOTE

● Before replacing a micro SD card, run the sd-card offline command to prevent micro SD
card damage and data loss.
● Do not use too much force; otherwise the micro SD or micro SD card slot might be
damaged.
1. Loosen the screws on the anti-theft board and remove the anti-theft board.
2. Press the micro SD card along the guide rail to loosen the internal card clip.
Then the micro SD card is ejected from the slot. You can then remove the
micro SD card.
3. Place the replaced micro SD card properly.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 267


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 6 Maintaining the Hardware

Figure 6-5 Removing a micro SD card

Step 3 Install the new micro SD card and anti-theft board.


NOTE

● Note that the micro SD card must be installed with the face with words upwards.
● Do not use too much force; otherwise the micro SD or micro SD card slot might be
damaged.
1. Insert the micro SD along the guide rail to the micro SD card slot.
2. When you hear a click, the micro SD card is in position.
3. Hook the locating hook on the anti-theft board to the locating hole of the
rear panel and tighten the captive screw on the anti-theft board.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 268


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide 6 Maintaining the Hardware

Figure 6-6 Installing the new micro SD card and anti-theft board

Step 4 In any view, run the display sd-card information command to check the micro SD
card installation and file system mounting status. In the command output, SD
Card Physical State should be Present, and SD Card File System State should be
Mounted.
● If SD Card Physical State is Absent, re-install the micro SD card and try
again. If SD Card Physical State remains the same, the USG may fail to
identify the micro SD card. You are advised to use another micro SD card.
● If SD Card File System State is Unmounted, the micro SD card format might
not be ext4. You need to run the reset sd-card command in the system view
to format the micro SD card.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
After replacing the micro SD card, collect all tools. If the replaced micro SD card is
faulty, fill in the Repair Transmission Sheet and send the faulty module with the
Repair Transmission Sheet to the equipment supplier or the specified repair service
provider.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 269


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide A Appendix

A Appendix

This section describes the requirements for the USG installation environment and
Fault Tag template.

A.1 Requirements for Installation Environment


This section describes the requirements for the USG installation environment, such
as the device position, humidity and temperature, cleanness, antistatic measures,
lightning protection measures, power supply, and anti-magnetic measures.

A.1.1 Device Position


This section describes the USG position requirements to ensure its security.
Table A-1 lists the requirements for the device position.

Table A-1 Device position requirements


Item Requirement

Ventilation and ● To ensure good heat dissipation, keep the air vent of the
heat dissipation device at least 150 mm away from other devices.
● Ensure that the ventilation and heat dissipation system
is available at the position where the device is to be
installed.

Stability The cabinet or mounting table must be firm enough to


support the weight of the device and its accessories.

Grounding Ensure that the chassis or mounting table is properly


grounded.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 270


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide A Appendix

A.1.2 Humidity, Temperature, and Cleanness


This section describes the requirements for the humidity, temperature, and
cleanness of the equipment room. To ensure the stability and life cycle of the USG
and its components, check that the equipment room meets the requirements.

Ensure that there is no explosive, conductive, magnetic, or corrosive dust or debris


in the equipment room. Dust that settle on the device may cause electrostatic
adsorption, resulting in poor contact of the metal socket connectors and metal
contacts. This shortens the life cycle of the device and causes faults.

In addition to dust and debris, toxic gases, such as SO2, H2S, and NH3 must be
cleaned out of the equipment room.

Table A-2 Requirements for humidity, temperature, and cleanness in the


equipment room

Item Description

Cleanne Dust Maximum 0.05 1 3 5


ss particl diameter
e (μm)

Maximum 1.4 x 107 7 x 105 2.4 x 105 1.3 x 105


density
(number
of dust
particles
per cubic
meter)

Noxio Gas SO2 H2S CI2 HCl HF NH3 O NO


us gas 3 2
densit
y Average 0.3 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.0 1.0 0. 0.5
(mg/m3) 1 05

Maximum 1.0 0.5 0.3 0.5 0.0 3.0 0. 1.0


(mg/m3) 3 1

Humidit Temp Long-term ● Without hard disk: 0 °C to 45 °C


y and eratur operating ● With hard disk(s): 5 °C to 40 °C
tempera e temperatu
ture re

Short-term ● Without hard disk: -5 °C to 55 °C


operating ● With hard disk(s): 5 °C to 40 °C
temperatu
re

Operating humidity ● Without hard disk: 5% RH to 95% RH, non-


condensing
● With hard disk(s): 5% RH to 90% RH, non-
condensing

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 271


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide A Appendix

Item Description

Storage humidity ● Without hard disk: 5% RH to 95% RH, non-


condensing
● With hard disk(s): 5% RH to 90% RH, non-
condensing

To meet the requirements listed in Table A-2, take the following measures in the
equipment room:
● Install a permanent temperature controller regardless of the climate
conditions.
● In dry regions, use humidifiers or regularly mop the floor to ensure proper
humidity in the equipment room.
● In regions with high humidity, use dehumidifiers.
● Use dust-free materials for the floor, walls, and ceilings.
● Screen exterior doors and windows. The external windows of the equipment
room should be sealed for anti-dust purposes.
● Clean the equipment room and air filters on the devices once every three
months.
● Wear the ESD uniform, ESD gloves, and ESD shoes before entering the
equipment room.
● Locate the equipment room far away from areas with dense corrosive gases,
such as chemical plants.
● The air intake vent of the equipment room must not face any pollution
source.
● Place batteries in a different room from the devices.
● Invite professionals to measure the temperature, humidity, and other factors
periodically.

A.1.3 ESD Requirements


This section describes the ESD requirements. Ensure that the equipment room
meets these requirements because static electricity may damage the USG
components and cause the USG to malfunction.

The absolute value of the static voltage must be less than 1000 V. To meet the
requirement, take the following measures in the equipment room:
● Provide operators with ESD protection training.
● Adjust the humidity to reduce the impact of static electricity.
● Install an ESD floor in the equipment room.
● Wear an antistatic suit, ESD gloves, and antistatic shoes before entering the
equipment room.
● Use ESD tools, such as ESD wrist straps, ESD tweezers, and extractors.
● All the conductors in the equipment room, including computer terminals,
must be properly grounded. Set up an antistatic workbench.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 272


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide A Appendix

● Electrostatic sources, such as non-ESD plastic bags, non-ESD foam, and rubber
objects must be kept at least 30 cm away from ESD-sensitive components and
boards.
To protect the USG boards from damage caused by static electricity discharge,
take the following measures:
● Ensure that the USG is properly grounded according to the grounding
requirements.
● Wear an ESD wrist strap before performing any operations on the USG.
● Ensure proper contact between the metal buckle of the ESD wrist strap and
the operator's skin. Ensure that the other end of the ESD wrist strap is already
connected to the ESD jack on the USG, as shown in Figure A-1. In addition,
wearing ESD gloves is recommended.

Figure A-1 Wearing an ESD wrist strap properly

● Ensure that the ESD wrist strap works properly and its resistance ranges from
0.75 Mohm to 10 Mohm. Generally, the service life of an ESD wrist strap is
two years. If the ESD wrist strap resistance does not meet the requirement
within its service life, replace it with a new one.
● Avoid contact between the boards and clothes because the ESD wrist strap
cannot protect operators from the static electricity caused by this type of
contact.
● Use an anti-static pad when replacing boards or chips. In addition to wearing
the ESD wrist strap, use ESD tweezers and extractors when inserting and
removing boards and chips. Do not touch chips and their pins with bare
hands.
● Keep all boards and components in ESD bags until they are to be installed.
Place temporarily demounted boards and components on the anti-static pad
or other effective antistatic materials. Do not use non-ESD materials, such as
foam, plastic bags, and paper bags to wrap or make contact with the boards.
● Wear an ESD wrist strap before working on board terminals. Discharge cables
and terminal protection jackets using either contact discharge or air discharge
before connecting them to device terminals.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 273


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide A Appendix

● Save board packing materials, such as plastic boxes and ESD bags, for future
use.

A.1.4 Lightning Protection and Grounding


This section describes the lightning protection and grounding requirements. Ensure
that the equipment room meets the requirements because lightning is one of the
major factors that causes damage to the USG.
Table A-3 lists the lightning protection and grounding requirements.

Table A-3 Lightning protection and grounding requirements


Item Requirement

Civil The equipment room should be built of reinforced concrete.


construction of The equipment room should be equipped with lightning
the equipment protection devices, such as a lightning arrester.
room
The lightning protection ground for the equipment room (the
grounding of the lightning arrester) should share the same
grounding conductor with the protection ground of the
equipment room.

AC power A dedicated transformer should be used at a communications


system (TN-S station. Power cables that are connected to the
power supply communications station should be buried with metal jackets or
recommended insulated jackets passing through steel pipes. Both sides of the
) metal jackets or steel pipes are connected to the nearest
ground bar. The length of the buried power cables should be
no less than 15 meters.
The three phase lines at the low-voltage side of the AC
transformer at the communications station should each be
installed with a closed zinc-oxide lightning arrester for
grounding. The enclosure of the transformer, AC zero wire of
the low-voltage side of the transformer, and the metal outer
protector of the power cable connected to the transformer
enclosure must be connected to the nearest grounding post.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 274


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide A Appendix

Item Requirement

Incoming AC and DC power cables should not be led into or out of the
power cables communications station through overhead lines.
After low-voltage power cables are led into the equipment
room, in the AC voltage regulator and AC power distribution
box (PDB), install a lightning arrester for power cables and
connect the lightning arrester to the nearest grounding post.
If the equipment room is located in an urban area, the AC
power system of the equipment room should have a lightning
protection unit with a nominal discharge current of no less
than 20 kA. If the equipment room is located in a suburban
area that is classified as a medium or high level lightning zone,
install a lightning protection unit with a nominal discharge
current of greater than 60 kA. If the equipment room is
located in a mountainous area that is classified as a high-level
lightning zone or in an isolated building in an urban area,
install a lightning protection unit with a nominal discharge
current of greater than 100 kA.
The ground cable of the lightning arrester used for the power
supply must be shorter than one meter.

DC distribution The DC working ground of the communications station (the


grounding positive pole of the -48 V DC power supply or the negative
pole of the 24 V DC power supply) should be led in from the
nearest indoor main earthing conductor.
The device that supplies power to the communications station
should provide the DC working ground that connects from the
collective ground cable of the building (or from the protection
ground bar in the equipment room) to the power supply.

Equipotential The communications devices and auxiliary facilities in the


bonding equipment room must be properly grounded. These devices
and facilities include mobile base transceiver stations (BTSs),
transmission devices, switching devices, power supply, and
distribution frames. All the devices in the communications
station should be grounded to the same ground busbar. All
devices in the equipment room should be grounded to the
same protection ground bar in the equipment room.
A ground grid must be shared by the working grounds and
protection grounds of all devices in the equipment room.
The cable tray, iron suspension racks, racks, chassis, metal
ventilation pipes, and metal doors and windows must be
grounded.

Common The neutral of the AC power cables must not be connected to


grounding the protection ground of any communications device in the
requirements equipment room.
Do not install switches or fuses on the ground cables.
Ground cables should be as short and straight as possible and
should not be coiled.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 275


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide A Appendix

Item Requirement

Grounding Less than 1 Ohm


resistance The upper end of the ground body must be no less than 0.7 m
from the ground. In cold regions, the ground body should be
buried under the frozen soil layer.
Measure the grounding resistance periodically to ensure that
the grounding works properly.

Signal cable No overhead signal cable should exist in the communications


layout station. Signal cables should be led into the station from
underground.
The communications cables led into or out of the
communication station should be protected with metal
sheaths or laid out in metal pipes.
The ground cable of a lightning arrester should be as short as
possible. The unused wire pairs in the cables should be
grounded in the equipment room.

Collective The main earthing conductor can be a cable grounding ring or


ground cable busbar.
Do not use aluminum materials as ground cables. Avoid
electrochemical corrosion when different types of metals are
interconnected.
Generally, a copper busbar with a cross-sectional area of no
less than 120 mm2 or galvanized steel with the same
resistance is used as the main earthing conductor. The main
earthing conductor must be insulated from the reinforcing
steel bar in the building.

Grounding The grounding lead-in cable must be no longer than 30 m. The


lead-in cable grounding lead-in cable should use galvanized steel with a
cross-sectional area of 40 mm x 4 mm or 50 mm x 5 mm.

A.1.5 Power Supply


Normal power supply is the prerequisite for proper running of the USG. This
section describes the requirements for power supply.

Basic AC Power Supply


The AC power supply system that consists of mains, uninterruptible power supply
(UPS), and self-provided generators should supply power in centralized mode. The
power supply system should meet the needs of the communications station, and
its cabling should be as simple as possible to facilitate operation and
maintenance. The low-voltage AC power supply system should use 3-phase 5-wire
or 1-phase 3-wire for power supply. Table A-4 lists the low-voltage AC nominal
voltage and frequency.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 276


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide A Appendix

Table A-4 AC voltage and frequency

Nominal Voltage Rated Frequency

110/127/220 (V) 50Hz/60Hz

In common cases, the UPS serves as the backup power supply for network
products. The backup power supply must be the same as the mains in phases, and
the duration for the switchover between the UPS and the mains should be less
than 10 ms. Otherwise, the device might restart or be reset. Each device must
have an independent AC surge protector. The capacity of the surge protector for
the power distribution room must be greater than the sum of the operating
current and fault current on the devices to be powered. The DC power supply
system must be able to safely withstand the maximum load of the device,
regardless of whether the device is in working or standby state. The wire type and
gauge of each outlet of the power distribution panel must be able to withstand
the maximum power load of the devices. The specifications for the AC power
supply voltage of all communications and power supply devices are as follows:
● Communications devices must be equipped with AC power supply with the
rated voltage ranging from +5% to -10%.
● Communications power supply devices and key constructions must be
equipped with AC power supply with the rated voltage ranging from +10% to
-15%.
● The frequency of the AC power current ranges from +4% to -4%, and the
sinusoidal distortion rate of voltage waveform must be 5% or less.
The self-provided generator sets in the communications station must be automatic
in activation, deactivation, and replenishment, be equipped with remote signaling,
remote measurement, and remote control, and provide standard interfaces and
communications protocols.

The power cables used for AC and DC power distribution should comply with the
following specifications:
● The AC neutral for communications purposes must be a conductive wire that
has the same cross section as the phase cable.
● The selection of the DC power feeder depends on the long-term load. If the
cross-sectional area is greater than 95 mm2, use the rigid busbar. If the short-
term load differs greatly from long-term load, lay out the cables by stages.
● The DC and AC conducting wires must be fire resistant and the wiring must
comply with the Class A Fire Resistance Design Norm for High-Rise Civil
Buildings (GB50045-95). The low-voltage power distribution facilities must
comply with the Low-Voltage Power Distribution Facilities and Wiring Design
Norm (GB50054-95)
In addition, the basic AC power supply system should meet the following
requirements:
● Use voltage regulating or stabilization facilities to restrict the voltage
fluctuation within a reasonable scale if:
– The communications devices are powered by mains, and the voltage
exceeds the rated voltage by +5% to -10% or the allowed voltage range.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 277


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide A Appendix

– The communications devices are not powered directly by the mains and
the voltage of the mains exceeds the rated voltage by +10% to -15% or
the AC voltage range allowed by the DC power supply device.
● Use the UPS or inverter power supply system if the communication load
requires non-interruptible and non-transient AC power supply.
● Equip the site with the electric generator set to ensure normal communication
in case of mains failure. The capacity of the generator set is greater than or
equal to 1.5 to 2 times the capacity of the UPS.
● A UPS usually has only one batter set. Connect two or more UPSs in parallel
or series for redundancy. If the inverter or UPS is used, configure the inverter
or UPS that provides the maximum amount of power as the active one, and
configure another inverter or UPS as the standby.

Basic DC Power Supply


Ensure the reliability of the DC power supply system at the communications site.
Deploy the power supply device as close as possible to the communications
devices so as to shorten the power feeder and lower the circuit voltage drop
between the battery port and device port to less than 3.2 V, thereby reducing
installation costs and power consumption.
Use two or more independent power supply systems if the communication volume
is large or if more than two switching systems are deployed at the site.
For large communications hubs, deploy an independent power supply system on
each floor, each providing power for the communications equipment room on this
floor. Medium-sized communications stations can be centrally powered by a
power room or storage battery room, or powered in a decentralized manner. For
small-sized communications stations, the power supply system can be deployed in
the same equipment room as the communications devices, but you must take
appropriate measures to ensure that the corrosive gases discharged by the
batteries in the equipment room do not corrode the circuit boards of
communications devices.
Table A-5 lists the DC power supply specifications.

Table A-5 DC power supply specifications


Item Specifications

Voltage fluctuation range -48 V to -60 V


allowed for the -48 V
input end

Surge current tolerance At least 1.5 times higher than load rated current
capability in DC power capability
supply

Regulated voltage The regulated voltage precision is less than or equal


precision to 1% when the AC input voltage fluctuates
between 85% and 110% of the rated voltage, the
load current varies between 5% and 100% of the
rated current, and the output voltage of the rectifier
is any fixed value in the -46.0 V to -56.4 V range.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 278


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide A Appendix

Item Specifications

On/Off overshoot Within the 95% to 105% range of the DC rated


magnitude voltage value

Peak-to-peak noise Less than or equal to 200 mV


voltage

Dynamic response The recovery time should be less than 200 ms, and
the overshoot must be within the 95% to 105%
range of the DC voltage set value.

The following are suggestions for the basic DC power supply system:
● Decentralized power supply is recommended. Use multiple DC power supply
systems and multiple power sources.
● Use a standard-compliant DC power supply. The output voltage of the
communications power supply must be in the voltage range of the device to
be powered.
● Improve the reliability of the AC power supply system to properly reduce the
battery capacity. When it is difficult to improve the reliability of the AC power
supply system at a small communications station, properly increase the
battery capacity.
● The total capacity configuration of the high-frequency switch rectifier should
match the communications load power and battery charging power. Rectifier
modules should use a redundancy configuration. If the number of active
modules is less than or equal to 10, one standby module should be deployed.
If the number of active modules is greater than 10, one standby module
should be deployed for every 10 active modules.
● Storage batteries should be installed in two or multiple sets. The total
capacity depends on the duration in which the storage battery sets
independently supply power to the load. For most communications stations,
storage battery sets should supply power for at least one hour.

A.1.6 Electromagnetic Protection


This section describes the electromagnetic protection requirements. Check that the
equipment room meets these requirements so as to ensure the normal running of
the USG.

Possible interference sources are as follows:


● Capacitive coupling
● Inductance coupling
● Electromagnetic radiation
● Common impedance (including the PGND system) coupling

To reduce as much interference as possible, complete the following steps:


● Take effective measures to avoid possible power grid interference to the
power supply system.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 279


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide A Appendix

● Do not use the power line ground or lightning protection ground as the
working ground of the device, and leave as much space as possible between
the working ground of the device and the power line ground or lightning
protection ground.
● Ensure that no high-power radio transmitter, radar transmitter, or high-
frequency high-current device is deployed nearby.
● Take electromagnetic protection measures if necessary.

A.2 Fault Tag


*Customer name:

Address:

Contact person:

Tel.: Fax:

Category*: □ RMA □ Return □ Analysis

BOM Product Bar Fault Descripti Category Software


Code Descripti Code* Occurrin on of the No.* Version*
on g Date* Fault
Phenome
na*

Reasons for Repairing (Category No.):

Category No. includes the following eight types:


F001 - Wear out damaged (◊ In warranty Period ◊ Out of warranty period)
F002 - Deployment damaged
F003 - Intransit damaged
F004 - Version upgrade
F005 - Batch replace
F007 - Overdue spare parts inspecting
F008 - Others
F011 - Running circumstance change

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 280


HUAWEI USG6000E Series
Hardware Guide A Appendix

Note:
● For optical interface cards returned, the optical interfaces should be covered
with protection caps.
● In general, the analysis card will not be returned to you. If you have any
special requirements, please contact Huawei.
● One Fault Tag should be adapted in one return category, such as RMA/
Return/Analysis.
● The items marked with "*" are the mandatory fields that you must fill in.

Issue 05 (2020-08-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 281

You might also like